1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GDB.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
35 #include "gdbthread.h"
38 #include "gdb_string.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
49 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
50 #include "gdb_assert.h"
55 #include "exceptions.h"
61 #include "xml-syscall.h"
62 #include "parser-defs.h"
63 #include "gdb_regex.h"
65 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
66 #include "continuations.h"
69 #include "gdb_regex.h"
71 #include "dummy-frame.h"
75 /* readline include files */
76 #include "readline/readline.h"
77 #include "readline/history.h"
79 /* readline defines this. */
82 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
83 #include "python/python.h"
85 /* Enums for exception-handling support. */
86 enum exception_event_kind
93 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
95 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
97 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
99 static void enable_count_command (char *, int);
101 static void disable_command (char *, int);
103 static void enable_command (char *, int);
105 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*) (struct breakpoint
*,
109 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
111 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
113 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*);
115 static void create_sals_from_address_default (char **,
116 struct linespec_result
*,
120 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*,
121 struct linespec_result
*,
122 char *, char *, enum bptype
,
123 enum bpdisp
, int, int,
125 const struct breakpoint_ops
*,
126 int, int, int, unsigned);
128 static void decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint
*, char **,
129 struct symtabs_and_lines
*);
131 static void clear_command (char *, int);
133 static void catch_command (char *, int);
135 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*);
137 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
139 static void mention (struct breakpoint
*);
141 static struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*,
143 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
144 static struct bp_location
*add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*,
145 const struct symtab_and_line
*);
147 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
149 struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
150 struct symtab_and_line
,
152 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
154 static struct breakpoint
*
155 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
157 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
);
159 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR
, CORE_ADDR
, int, int);
161 static CORE_ADDR
adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
165 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*,
166 struct program_space
*, CORE_ADDR
,
167 struct obj_section
*, int);
169 static int breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space
*aspace1
,
171 struct address_space
*aspace2
,
174 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
175 struct bp_location
*loc2
);
177 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
178 struct address_space
*aspace
,
181 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
183 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
185 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
186 int (*) (const struct breakpoint
*));
188 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
190 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
192 static void commands_command (char *, int);
194 static void condition_command (char *, int);
203 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
204 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
206 static enum print_stop_action
print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
);
208 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
210 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
212 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
214 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*);
216 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
218 int *other_type_used
);
220 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
222 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
224 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*, enum bpdisp
,
227 static void stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
229 static void stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
231 static void stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
233 static void tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
235 static void detach_single_step_breakpoints (void);
237 static int single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*,
240 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
241 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
242 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**loc
);
244 static struct bp_location
*allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
246 static void update_global_location_list (int);
248 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (int);
250 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
252 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
254 static int syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
256 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
258 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
260 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
262 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
264 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
266 static void set_tracepoint_count (int num
);
268 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
);
270 static struct bp_location
**get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
);
272 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
275 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
277 /* The abstract base class all breakpoint_ops structures inherit
279 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops
;
281 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
282 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
283 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
284 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
286 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
287 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops
;
289 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
290 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
292 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception class type. */
293 static struct breakpoint_ops longjmp_breakpoint_ops
;
295 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
297 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
299 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
300 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
302 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
303 struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
305 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
306 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
307 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
308 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
309 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
310 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
312 static const char dprintf_style_gdb
[] = "gdb";
313 static const char dprintf_style_call
[] = "call";
314 static const char dprintf_style_agent
[] = "agent";
315 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums
[] = {
321 static const char *dprintf_style
= dprintf_style_gdb
;
323 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
324 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
325 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
326 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
328 static char *dprintf_function
= "";
330 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
331 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
332 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
333 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
334 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
335 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
336 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
338 static char *dprintf_channel
= "";
340 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
342 static int disconnected_dprintf
= 1;
344 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
345 breakpoints share a single command list. */
346 struct counted_command_line
348 /* The reference count. */
351 /* The command list. */
352 struct command_line
*commands
;
355 struct command_line
*
356 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
)
358 return b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
361 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
362 current breakpoint. */
364 static int breakpoint_proceeded
;
367 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp
)
369 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
370 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
372 static const char * const bpdisps
[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
374 return bpdisps
[(int) disp
];
377 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
378 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
379 if such is available. */
380 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints
;
383 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
384 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
387 fprintf_filtered (file
,
388 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
389 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
393 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
394 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
395 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
396 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
397 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
;
399 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
400 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
403 fprintf_filtered (file
,
404 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
405 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
409 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
410 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
411 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
412 use hardware breakpoints. */
413 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints
;
415 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
416 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
419 fprintf_filtered (file
,
420 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
424 /* If on, gdb will keep breakpoints inserted even as inferior is
425 stopped, and immediately insert any new breakpoints. If off, gdb
426 will insert breakpoints into inferior only when resuming it, and
427 will remove breakpoints upon stop. If auto, GDB will behave as ON
428 if in non-stop mode, and as OFF if all-stop mode.*/
430 static enum auto_boolean always_inserted_mode
= AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
;
433 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
434 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
436 if (always_inserted_mode
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
)
437 fprintf_filtered (file
,
438 _("Always inserted breakpoint "
439 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
441 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () ? "on" : "off");
443 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
448 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode (void)
450 return (always_inserted_mode
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE
451 || (always_inserted_mode
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
&& non_stop
));
454 static const char condition_evaluation_both
[] = "host or target";
456 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
457 static const char condition_evaluation_auto
[] = "auto";
458 static const char condition_evaluation_host
[] = "host";
459 static const char condition_evaluation_target
[] = "target";
460 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums
[] = {
461 condition_evaluation_auto
,
462 condition_evaluation_host
,
463 condition_evaluation_target
,
467 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
468 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
470 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
471 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
472 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
474 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
475 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
476 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
480 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode
)
482 if (mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
484 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
485 return condition_evaluation_target
;
487 return condition_evaluation_host
;
493 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
496 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
498 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
501 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
505 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
507 const char *mode
= breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
509 return (mode
== condition_evaluation_host
);
512 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
514 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
515 static int executing_breakpoint_commands
;
517 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
518 static int overlay_events_enabled
;
520 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
521 int target_exact_watchpoints
= 0;
523 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
524 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
525 current breakpoint. */
527 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
529 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
530 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
531 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
534 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
535 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
536 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
538 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
539 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
540 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
543 /* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
544 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
545 to where the loop should start from.
546 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
547 appropriate location to start with. */
549 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
550 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
551 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
553 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count \
554 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
557 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
559 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
560 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
561 if (is_tracepoint (B))
563 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
565 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint_chain
;
567 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
569 static struct bp_location
**bp_location
;
571 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
573 static unsigned bp_location_count
;
575 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
576 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid
577 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
578 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for
579 an address you need to read. */
581 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
;
583 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
584 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
585 BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
586 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to
587 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
589 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
;
591 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
592 from bp_location array, but for which a hit may still be reported
594 VEC(bp_location_p
) *moribund_locations
= NULL
;
596 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
598 static int breakpoint_count
;
600 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
601 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
602 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
603 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
604 static int prev_breakpoint_count
;
606 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
608 static int tracepoint_count
;
610 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_set_cmdlist
;
611 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_show_cmdlist
;
612 struct cmd_list_element
*save_cmdlist
;
614 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
616 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*b
)
618 return (b
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
);
621 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
624 set_breakpoint_count (int num
)
626 prev_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
627 breakpoint_count
= num
;
628 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num
);
631 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
632 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
633 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
635 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
639 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
641 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
644 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
648 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
650 prev_breakpoint_count
= rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
653 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
656 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
658 struct breakpoint
*b
;
664 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
665 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
667 static struct counted_command_line
*
668 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line
*commands
)
670 struct counted_command_line
*result
671 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct counted_command_line
));
674 result
->commands
= commands
;
678 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
681 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
*cmd
)
687 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
688 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
689 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
692 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
696 if (--(*cmdp
)->refc
== 0)
698 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp
)->commands
);
705 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
708 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg
)
710 decref_counted_command_line (arg
);
713 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
716 static struct cleanup
*
717 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
719 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line
, cmdp
);
723 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
724 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
727 get_breakpoint (int num
)
729 struct breakpoint
*b
;
732 if (b
->number
== num
)
740 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
741 evaluating conditions on its side. */
744 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint
*b
)
746 struct bp_location
*loc
;
748 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
749 evaluating conditions and if the user has
750 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
752 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
753 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
756 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
759 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
760 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
763 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
764 evaluating conditions on its side. */
767 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location
*loc
)
769 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
770 evaluating conditions and if the user has
771 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
773 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
774 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
778 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
))
781 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
784 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
785 condition_evaluation_mode. */
788 set_condition_evaluation_mode (char *args
, int from_tty
,
789 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
791 const char *old_mode
, *new_mode
;
793 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1
== condition_evaluation_target
)
794 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
796 condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_mode
;
797 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
798 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
802 new_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1
);
803 old_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
805 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
806 settings was "auto". */
807 condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_mode_1
;
809 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
810 if (new_mode
!= old_mode
)
812 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
813 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
814 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
816 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
817 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
820 if (new_mode
== condition_evaluation_target
)
822 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
824 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
825 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
829 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
830 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
831 target knows about. */
832 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
833 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->inserted
)
834 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
838 update_global_location_list (1);
844 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
845 what "auto" is translating to. */
848 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
849 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
851 if (condition_evaluation_mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
852 fprintf_filtered (file
,
853 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
854 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
856 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
858 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
862 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
863 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
864 the more general bp_location_compare function. */
867 bp_location_compare_addrs (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
869 struct bp_location
*a
= *(void **) ap
;
870 struct bp_location
*b
= *(void **) bp
;
872 if (a
->address
== b
->address
)
875 return ((a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
));
878 /* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
879 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
880 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
883 static struct bp_location
**
884 get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
)
886 struct bp_location dummy_loc
;
887 struct bp_location
*dummy_locp
= &dummy_loc
;
888 struct bp_location
**locp_found
= NULL
;
890 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
891 memset (&dummy_loc
, 0, sizeof (struct bp_location
));
892 dummy_loc
.address
= address
;
894 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
895 locp_found
= bsearch (&dummy_locp
, bp_location
, bp_location_count
,
896 sizeof (struct bp_location
**),
897 bp_location_compare_addrs
);
899 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
900 if (locp_found
== NULL
)
903 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
904 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
905 while ((locp_found
- 1) >= bp_location
906 && (*(locp_found
- 1))->address
== address
)
913 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint
*b
, char *exp
,
916 xfree (b
->cond_string
);
917 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
919 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
921 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
928 struct bp_location
*loc
;
930 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
935 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
936 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
937 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
944 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b
->number
);
948 const char *arg
= exp
;
950 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
951 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
952 b
->cond_string
= xstrdup (arg
);
953 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
955 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
957 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
959 innermost_block
= NULL
;
961 w
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0);
963 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
964 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
968 struct bp_location
*loc
;
970 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
974 parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
975 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
977 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
981 mark_breakpoint_modified (b
);
983 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
986 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
988 static VEC (char_ptr
) *
989 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
990 const char *text
, const char *word
)
994 text
= skip_spaces_const (text
);
995 space
= skip_to_space_const (text
);
999 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1000 VEC (char_ptr
) *result
= NULL
;
1004 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
1005 if (isdigit (text
[1]))
1007 return complete_internalvar (&text
[1]);
1010 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
1011 len
= strlen (text
);
1017 xsnprintf (number
, sizeof (number
), "%d", b
->number
);
1019 if (strncmp (number
, text
, len
) == 0)
1020 VEC_safe_push (char_ptr
, result
, xstrdup (number
));
1026 /* We're completing the expression part. */
1027 text
= skip_spaces_const (space
);
1028 return expression_completer (cmd
, text
, word
);
1031 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
1034 condition_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1036 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1041 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
1044 bnum
= get_number (&p
);
1046 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg
);
1049 if (b
->number
== bnum
)
1051 /* Check if this breakpoint has a Python object assigned to
1052 it, and if it has a definition of the "stop"
1053 method. This method and conditions entered into GDB from
1054 the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
1056 && gdbpy_breakpoint_has_py_cond (b
->py_bp_object
))
1057 error (_("Cannot set a condition where a Python 'stop' "
1058 "method has been defined in the breakpoint."));
1059 set_breakpoint_condition (b
, p
, from_tty
);
1061 if (is_breakpoint (b
))
1062 update_global_location_list (1);
1067 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum
);
1070 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
1071 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
1072 Throw if any such commands is found. */
1075 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line
*commands
)
1077 struct command_line
*c
;
1079 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1083 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1084 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1085 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1087 for (i
= 0; i
< c
->body_count
; ++i
)
1088 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c
->body_list
)[i
]);
1090 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1091 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1092 command directly. */
1093 if (strstr (c
->line
, "collect ") == c
->line
)
1094 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1096 if (strstr (c
->line
, "teval ") == c
->line
)
1097 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1101 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1104 is_tracepoint_type (enum bptype type
)
1106 return (type
== bp_tracepoint
1107 || type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
1108 || type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
1112 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
1114 return is_tracepoint_type (b
->type
);
1117 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1118 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1122 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1123 struct command_line
*commands
)
1125 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
1127 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
1128 struct command_line
*c
;
1129 struct command_line
*while_stepping
= 0;
1131 /* Reset the while-stepping step count. The previous commands
1132 might have included a while-stepping action, while the new
1136 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1137 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1138 while-stepping element, and that the while-stepping's body
1139 has valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping.
1140 We also need to validate the tracepoint action line in the
1141 context of the tracepoint --- validate_actionline actually
1142 has side effects, like setting the tracepoint's
1143 while-stepping STEP_COUNT, in addition to checking if the
1144 collect/teval actions parse and make sense in the
1145 tracepoint's context. */
1146 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1148 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1150 if (b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
1151 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1152 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1153 else if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1154 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1155 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1158 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1159 "can be used only once"));
1164 validate_actionline (c
->line
, b
);
1168 struct command_line
*c2
;
1170 gdb_assert (while_stepping
->body_count
== 1);
1171 c2
= while_stepping
->body_list
[0];
1172 for (; c2
; c2
= c2
->next
)
1174 if (c2
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1175 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1181 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands
);
1185 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1186 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1189 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr
)
1191 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1192 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
1193 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1196 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1198 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1199 if (loc
->address
== addr
)
1200 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
1206 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1207 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1210 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1211 struct command_line
*commands
)
1213 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, commands
);
1215 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
1216 b
->commands
= alloc_counted_command_line (commands
);
1217 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1220 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1221 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1225 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint
*b
, int silent
)
1227 int old_silent
= b
->silent
;
1230 if (old_silent
!= silent
)
1231 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1234 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1235 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1238 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, int thread
)
1240 int old_thread
= b
->thread
;
1243 if (old_thread
!= thread
)
1244 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1247 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1248 breakpoint work for any task. */
1251 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint
*b
, int task
)
1253 int old_task
= b
->task
;
1256 if (old_task
!= task
)
1257 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1261 check_tracepoint_command (char *line
, void *closure
)
1263 struct breakpoint
*b
= closure
;
1265 validate_actionline (line
, b
);
1268 /* A structure used to pass information through
1269 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
1271 struct commands_info
1273 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
1276 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
1279 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
1280 already-parsed command. */
1281 struct command_line
*control
;
1283 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
1285 struct counted_command_line
*cmd
;
1288 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
1289 commands_command. */
1292 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *data
)
1294 struct commands_info
*info
= data
;
1296 if (info
->cmd
== NULL
)
1298 struct command_line
*l
;
1300 if (info
->control
!= NULL
)
1301 l
= copy_command_lines (info
->control
->body_list
[0]);
1304 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
1307 str
= xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1308 "%s, one per line."),
1311 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, str
);
1313 l
= read_command_lines (str
,
1316 ? check_tracepoint_command
: 0),
1319 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
1322 info
->cmd
= alloc_counted_command_line (l
);
1325 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1327 if (b
->commands
!= info
->cmd
)
1329 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, info
->cmd
->commands
);
1330 incref_counted_command_line (info
->cmd
);
1331 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
1332 b
->commands
= info
->cmd
;
1333 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1338 commands_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
1339 struct command_line
*control
)
1341 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
1342 struct commands_info info
;
1344 info
.from_tty
= from_tty
;
1345 info
.control
= control
;
1347 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
1348 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
1349 cleanups
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info
.cmd
);
1351 if (arg
== NULL
|| !*arg
)
1353 if (breakpoint_count
- prev_breakpoint_count
> 1)
1354 arg
= xstrprintf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count
+ 1,
1356 else if (breakpoint_count
> 0)
1357 arg
= xstrprintf ("%d", breakpoint_count
);
1360 /* So that we don't try to free the incoming non-NULL
1361 argument in the cleanup below. Mapping breakpoint
1362 numbers will fail in this case. */
1367 /* The command loop has some static state, so we need to preserve
1369 arg
= xstrdup (arg
);
1372 make_cleanup (xfree
, arg
);
1376 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_commands_command
, &info
);
1378 if (info
.cmd
== NULL
)
1379 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
1381 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
1385 commands_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1387 commands_command_1 (arg
, from_tty
, NULL
);
1390 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1391 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1393 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1394 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1395 enum command_control_type
1396 commands_from_control_command (char *arg
, struct command_line
*cmd
)
1398 commands_command_1 (arg
, 0, cmd
);
1399 return simple_control
;
1402 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1405 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location
*bl
)
1407 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
1411 if (bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
== 0)
1412 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1417 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1418 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1420 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1421 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1422 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1424 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1425 bl->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1426 up to bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1427 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1428 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1429 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1430 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1431 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
1433 bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1436 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1437 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1438 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
)
1440 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1442 unsigned bc_l
, bc_r
, bc
;
1444 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1445 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1446 report higher one. */
1449 bc_r
= bp_location_count
;
1450 while (bc_l
+ 1 < bc_r
)
1452 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1454 bc
= (bc_l
+ bc_r
) / 2;
1455 bl
= bp_location
[bc
];
1457 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1458 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1459 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1460 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1462 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1463 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1464 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1466 if ((bl
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1468 && (bl
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1475 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1476 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1477 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1478 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1479 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1482 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1484 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1485 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1486 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1489 && bp_location
[bc_l
]->address
== bp_location
[bc_l
- 1]->address
)
1492 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1494 for (bc
= bc_l
; bc
< bp_location_count
; bc
++)
1496 struct bp_location
*bl
= bp_location
[bc
];
1497 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
= 0;
1501 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1502 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_none
)
1503 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1506 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1509 if (bl
->address
>= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1510 && memaddr
+ len
<= (bl
->address
1511 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
))
1514 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
1516 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->target_info
.placed_address_space
, 0,
1517 current_program_space
->aspace
, 0))
1520 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1522 bp_addr
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
1523 bp_size
= bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
1525 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
<= memaddr
)
1526 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we
1530 if (bp_addr
>= memaddr
+ len
)
1531 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1535 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1536 if (bp_addr
< memaddr
)
1538 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1539 bp_size
-= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1540 bptoffset
= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1544 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
> memaddr
+ len
)
1546 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1547 bp_size
-= (bp_addr
+ bp_size
) - (memaddr
+ len
);
1550 if (readbuf
!= NULL
)
1552 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with
1553 the shadow_contents buffer. */
1554 gdb_assert (bl
->target_info
.shadow_contents
>= readbuf
+ len
1555 || readbuf
>= (bl
->target_info
.shadow_contents
1556 + bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
));
1558 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1560 memcpy (readbuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
,
1561 bl
->target_info
.shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1565 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= bl
->gdbarch
;
1566 const unsigned char *bp
;
1567 CORE_ADDR placed_address
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
1568 int placed_size
= bl
->target_info
.placed_size
;
1570 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1571 memcpy (bl
->target_info
.shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
,
1572 writebuf_org
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp_size
);
1574 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1576 bp
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch
, &placed_address
, &placed_size
);
1578 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1579 breakpoint's INSN. */
1580 memcpy (writebuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1586 /* Return true if BPT is either a software breakpoint or a hardware
1590 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1592 return (bpt
->type
== bp_breakpoint
1593 || bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
1594 || bpt
->type
== bp_dprintf
);
1597 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1600 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1602 return (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
1603 || bpt
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
1604 || bpt
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
);
1607 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1611 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1613 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
)
1614 || bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint
);
1617 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1618 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1619 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1620 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1621 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1622 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1623 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1624 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1627 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint
*b
)
1629 return (b
->base
.pspace
== current_program_space
1630 && (ptid_equal (b
->watchpoint_thread
, null_ptid
)
1631 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, b
->watchpoint_thread
)
1632 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))));
1635 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1636 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1639 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint
*w
)
1641 struct breakpoint
*b
= &w
->base
;
1643 if (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
1645 gdb_assert (b
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
);
1646 gdb_assert (b
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
== b
);
1647 b
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1648 b
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
1649 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
1651 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1654 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1655 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1656 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1657 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1659 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1661 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1662 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1665 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1666 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1667 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1668 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1669 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1670 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1671 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1672 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1674 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1675 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1676 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1677 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1678 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1679 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1680 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1681 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1684 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1685 hardware watchpoints:
1687 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1688 called several times when GDB stops.
1691 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1692 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1693 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1694 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1695 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1696 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1697 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1698 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1699 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1700 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1701 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1703 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1704 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1707 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint
*b
, int reparse
)
1709 int within_current_scope
;
1710 struct frame_id saved_frame_id
;
1713 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1714 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1715 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1716 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
1719 if (b
->base
.disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1724 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1725 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
1726 within_current_scope
= 1;
1729 struct frame_info
*fi
= get_current_frame ();
1730 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (fi
);
1731 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (fi
);
1733 /* If we're in a function epilogue, unwinding may not work
1734 properly, so do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1735 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1736 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
1739 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1740 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1741 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1742 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1745 saved_frame_id
= get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1747 fi
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
1748 within_current_scope
= (fi
!= NULL
);
1749 if (within_current_scope
)
1753 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1754 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1755 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1758 if (within_current_scope
&& reparse
)
1767 s
= b
->exp_string_reparse
? b
->exp_string_reparse
: b
->exp_string
;
1768 b
->exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->exp_valid_block
, 0);
1769 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1770 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1771 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1772 be completely different objects. */
1773 value_free (b
->val
);
1777 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1778 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1779 locations (re)created below. */
1780 if (b
->base
.cond_string
!= NULL
)
1782 if (b
->cond_exp
!= NULL
)
1784 xfree (b
->cond_exp
);
1788 s
= b
->base
.cond_string
;
1789 b
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->cond_exp_valid_block
, 0);
1793 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1794 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1795 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1796 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1797 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1798 if ( !target_has_execution
)
1800 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1801 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1802 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1804 else if (within_current_scope
&& b
->exp
)
1807 struct value
*val_chain
, *v
, *result
, *next
;
1808 struct program_space
*frame_pspace
;
1810 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
, &pc
, &v
, &result
, &val_chain
);
1812 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1813 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1814 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1815 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1816 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1818 if (!b
->val_valid
&& !is_masked_watchpoint (&b
->base
))
1824 frame_pspace
= get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1826 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1827 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
1829 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1830 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1831 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1832 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1833 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1834 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
1835 && (v
== val_chain
|| ! value_lazy (v
)))
1837 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
1839 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1840 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1841 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1843 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1844 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
1848 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
1850 addr
= value_address (v
);
1852 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
1854 else if (b
->base
.type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
1857 loc
= allocate_bp_location (&b
->base
);
1858 for (tmp
= &(b
->base
.loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
1861 loc
->gdbarch
= get_type_arch (value_type (v
));
1863 loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
1864 loc
->address
= addr
;
1865 loc
->length
= TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
1866 loc
->watchpoint_type
= type
;
1871 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
1872 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
1873 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
1878 enum bp_loc_type loc_type
;
1879 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1881 reg_cnt
= can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain
);
1885 int i
, target_resources_ok
, other_type_used
;
1888 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
1889 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
1890 b
->exact
= target_exact_watchpoints
&& reg_cnt
== 1;
1892 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
1893 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
1894 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
1895 this watchpoint in as well. */
1897 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
1898 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
1899 hardware watchpoint type. */
1900 type
= b
->base
.type
;
1901 if (type
== bp_watchpoint
)
1902 type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
1904 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
1905 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
1906 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
1907 through watch_command), so always account for it
1910 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
1911 i
= hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (&b
->base
, type
, &other_type_used
);
1913 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
1914 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (&b
->base
);
1917 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type
, i
, other_type_used
);
1918 if (target_resources_ok
<= 0)
1920 int sw_mode
= b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
);
1922 if (target_resources_ok
== 0 && !sw_mode
)
1923 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
1924 "hardware watchpoint."));
1925 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0 && !sw_mode
)
1926 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
1927 "resources for this watchpoint."));
1929 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
1930 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1934 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
1935 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
1936 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
1938 b
->base
.type
= type
;
1941 else if (!b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
))
1942 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
1943 "read/access watchpoint."));
1945 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1947 loc_type
= (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
? bp_loc_other
1948 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
);
1949 for (bl
= b
->base
.loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
1950 bl
->loc_type
= loc_type
;
1953 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= next
)
1955 next
= value_next (v
);
1960 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
1961 above left it without any location set up. But,
1962 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
1963 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
1964 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->base
.loc
== NULL
)
1966 struct breakpoint
*base
= &b
->base
;
1967 base
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (base
);
1968 base
->loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
1969 base
->loc
->address
= -1;
1970 base
->loc
->length
= -1;
1971 base
->loc
->watchpoint_type
= -1;
1974 else if (!within_current_scope
)
1976 printf_filtered (_("\
1977 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
1978 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1980 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
1983 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1985 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id
));
1989 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
1990 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
1991 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
1992 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
1993 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
1995 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
1997 if (bl
->owner
== NULL
|| !breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
))
2000 if (bl
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2003 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
|| bl
->duplicate
)
2006 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl
->owner
) && bl
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
2009 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2010 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2011 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2012 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2013 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2014 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2015 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2016 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2017 if (bl
->pspace
->breakpoints_not_allowed
)
2023 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2024 that the location is not duplicated. */
2027 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2030 const int save_duplicate
= bl
->duplicate
;
2033 result
= should_be_inserted (bl
);
2034 bl
->duplicate
= save_duplicate
;
2038 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2039 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2040 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2041 any error during parsing. */
2043 static struct agent_expr
*
2044 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, struct expression
*cond
)
2046 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
= NULL
;
2047 volatile struct gdb_exception ex
;
2052 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2053 that may show up. */
2054 TRY_CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
2056 aexpr
= gen_eval_for_expr (scope
, cond
);
2061 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2062 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2063 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2067 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2071 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2072 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2073 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2074 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2075 one of them is true. */
2078 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2080 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2081 int null_condition_or_parse_error
= 0;
2082 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2083 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2085 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2086 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2087 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2089 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2090 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2093 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2094 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2095 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2096 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2097 response back to GDB. */
2098 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2101 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2105 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
;
2107 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2108 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2109 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2110 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2111 aexpr
= parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl
->address
, loc
->cond
);
2112 loc
->cond_bytecode
= aexpr
;
2114 /* Check if we managed to parse the conditional expression
2115 correctly. If not, we will not send this condition
2121 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2122 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2123 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2125 null_condition_or_parse_error
= 1;
2131 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2132 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2133 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2135 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2136 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2137 if (null_condition_or_parse_error
)
2139 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2142 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2144 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2146 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2149 free_agent_expr (loc
->cond_bytecode
);
2150 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
2155 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a condition list
2156 for this location's address. */
2157 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2161 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2162 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2163 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2165 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later to send the
2166 conditions to the target. */
2167 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.conditions
,
2168 loc
->cond_bytecode
);
2174 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2175 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2176 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2178 static struct agent_expr
*
2179 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, char *cmd
)
2181 struct cleanup
*old_cleanups
= 0;
2182 struct expression
*expr
, **argvec
;
2183 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
= NULL
;
2184 volatile struct gdb_exception ex
;
2185 const char *cmdrest
;
2186 const char *format_start
, *format_end
;
2187 struct format_piece
*fpieces
;
2189 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
2196 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2198 cmdrest
= skip_spaces_const (cmdrest
);
2200 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2201 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2203 format_start
= cmdrest
;
2205 fpieces
= parse_format_string (&cmdrest
);
2207 old_cleanups
= make_cleanup (free_format_pieces_cleanup
, &fpieces
);
2209 format_end
= cmdrest
;
2211 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2212 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2214 cmdrest
= skip_spaces_const (cmdrest
);
2216 if (!(*cmdrest
== ',' || *cmdrest
== '\0'))
2217 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2219 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2221 cmdrest
= skip_spaces_const (cmdrest
);
2223 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2225 argvec
= (struct expression
**) alloca (strlen (cmd
)
2226 * sizeof (struct expression
*));
2229 while (*cmdrest
!= '\0')
2234 expr
= parse_exp_1 (&cmd1
, scope
, block_for_pc (scope
), 1);
2235 argvec
[nargs
++] = expr
;
2237 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2241 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2242 that may show up. */
2243 TRY_CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
2245 aexpr
= gen_printf (scope
, gdbarch
, 0, 0,
2246 format_start
, format_end
- format_start
,
2247 fpieces
, nargs
, argvec
);
2250 do_cleanups (old_cleanups
);
2254 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2255 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2256 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2260 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2264 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2265 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2266 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2269 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2271 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2272 int null_command_or_parse_error
= 0;
2273 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2274 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2276 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2277 if (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_dprintf
2278 || strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_agent
) != 0)
2281 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2284 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2285 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2286 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2287 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2288 response back to GDB. */
2289 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2292 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2296 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
;
2298 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2299 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2300 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2301 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2302 aexpr
= parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl
->address
,
2303 loc
->owner
->extra_string
);
2304 loc
->cmd_bytecode
= aexpr
;
2310 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2311 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2312 if (!loc
->cmd_bytecode
)
2314 null_command_or_parse_error
= 1;
2320 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2322 if (null_command_or_parse_error
)
2324 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2327 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2328 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2330 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2332 if (loc
->cmd_bytecode
== NULL
)
2335 free_agent_expr (loc
->cmd_bytecode
);
2336 loc
->cmd_bytecode
= NULL
;
2341 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command list
2342 for this location's address. */
2343 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2346 if (loc
->owner
->extra_string
2347 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2348 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2349 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2351 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2352 to send the commands to the target. */
2353 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.tcommands
,
2357 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 0;
2358 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2359 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_dprintf
&& disconnected_dprintf
)
2360 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 1;
2363 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2364 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2365 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2366 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2369 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2370 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2372 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
2373 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
,
2374 int *disabled_breaks
,
2375 int *hw_breakpoint_error
,
2376 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
2379 char *hw_bp_err_string
= NULL
;
2380 struct gdb_exception e
;
2382 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2385 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2386 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2387 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2388 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2389 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2390 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2391 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2392 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2393 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2394 bl
->target_info
.placed_address
= bl
->address
;
2395 bl
->target_info
.placed_address_space
= bl
->pspace
->aspace
;
2396 bl
->target_info
.length
= bl
->length
;
2398 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2399 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2400 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2401 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2403 if (is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
2405 build_target_condition_list (bl
);
2406 build_target_command_list (bl
);
2407 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2408 bl
->needs_update
= 0;
2411 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2412 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2414 if (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
2416 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
2417 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
2418 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
2420 Two important cases are:
2421 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
2422 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
2423 hardware breakpoint.
2424 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
2425 read-write. This means we've previously made the
2426 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
2429 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
2430 location types we've just set here, the only possible
2431 problem is that memory map has changed during running
2432 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
2434 struct mem_region
*mr
2435 = lookup_mem_region (bl
->target_info
.placed_address
);
2439 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints
)
2441 enum bp_loc_type new_type
;
2443 if (mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2444 new_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
2446 new_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
2448 if (new_type
!= bl
->loc_type
)
2450 static int said
= 0;
2452 bl
->loc_type
= new_type
;
2455 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout
,
2456 _("Note: automatically using "
2457 "hardware breakpoints for "
2458 "read-only addresses.\n"));
2463 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2464 && mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2465 warning (_("cannot set software breakpoint "
2466 "at readonly address %s"),
2467 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2471 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2472 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
2473 || bl
->section
== NULL
2474 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
2476 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2477 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2479 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2484 hw_bp_err_string
= (char *) e
.message
;
2489 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2490 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2491 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
2493 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2494 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2495 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2496 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2497 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2501 CORE_ADDR addr
= overlay_unmapped_address (bl
->address
,
2503 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2504 bl
->overlay_target_info
= bl
->target_info
;
2505 bl
->overlay_target_info
.placed_address
= addr
;
2506 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
2507 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
2509 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2510 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2511 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2515 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2516 if (section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
2518 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2519 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2521 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2526 hw_bp_err_string
= (char *) e
.message
;
2531 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2532 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2539 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2540 if (solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
))
2542 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2544 bl
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
2545 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl
->owner
);
2546 if (!*disabled_breaks
)
2548 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2549 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2551 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2552 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2553 "library breakpoints:\n");
2555 *disabled_breaks
= 1;
2556 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2557 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl
->owner
->number
);
2561 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2563 *hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
2564 *hw_bp_error_explained_already
= hw_bp_err_string
!= NULL
;
2565 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2566 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s",
2567 bl
->owner
->number
, hw_bp_err_string
? ":" : ".\n");
2568 if (hw_bp_err_string
)
2569 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "%s.\n", hw_bp_err_string
);
2573 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2574 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2576 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream
,
2577 "Error accessing memory address ");
2578 fputs_filtered (paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
2580 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream
, ": %s.\n",
2581 safe_strerror (val
));
2592 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2593 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2594 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2595 && bl
->owner
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2597 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2598 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2600 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2602 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2603 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2604 if (val
== 1 && bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
2606 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2608 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2609 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2611 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2613 && loc
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
2614 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl
, loc
))
2618 bl
->target_info
= loc
->target_info
;
2619 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2626 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2627 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2630 /* Back to the original value. */
2631 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_read
;
2635 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2638 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
2640 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2641 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2643 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2646 bl
->owner
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
2650 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2651 of catchpoint."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2653 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2656 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2658 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2659 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2660 so just return success. */
2667 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2668 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2672 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space
*pspace
)
2674 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_temp
;
2675 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2677 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2678 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_temp
)
2680 if (b
->pspace
== pspace
)
2681 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2684 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2685 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2686 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2688 struct bp_location
*tmp
;
2690 if (loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
2692 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2693 if (loc
->owner
->loc
== loc
)
2694 loc
->owner
->loc
= loc
->next
;
2696 for (tmp
= loc
->owner
->loc
; tmp
->next
!= NULL
; tmp
= tmp
->next
)
2697 if (tmp
->next
== loc
)
2699 tmp
->next
= loc
->next
;
2705 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
2706 removed locations above. */
2707 update_global_location_list (0);
2710 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
2711 Throws exception on any error.
2712 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
2713 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
2715 insert_breakpoints (void)
2717 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
2719 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
2720 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
2722 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
2724 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
2727 update_global_location_list (1);
2729 /* update_global_location_list does not insert breakpoints when
2730 always_inserted_mode is not enabled. Explicitly insert them
2732 if (!breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ())
2733 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
2736 /* Invoke CALLBACK for each of bp_location. */
2739 iterate_over_bp_locations (walk_bp_location_callback callback
)
2741 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
2743 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
2745 callback (loc
, NULL
);
2749 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
2750 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
2751 always-inserted mode. */
2754 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
2756 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2759 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
2760 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
2761 int hw_bp_details_reported
= 0;
2763 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
2764 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
2766 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2767 there was an error. */
2768 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "Warning:\n");
2770 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2772 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2774 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
2776 if (!is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
2779 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
2780 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
2781 deletion of breakpoints. */
2782 if (!bl
->inserted
|| (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2785 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
2787 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2788 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2789 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2790 insert breakpoints. */
2791 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2792 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
2795 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
2796 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_details_reported
);
2803 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2804 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
2807 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
2810 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
2813 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
2815 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
2816 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2819 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
2820 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
2821 int hw_bp_error_explained_already
= 0;
2823 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
2824 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
2826 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2827 there was an error. */
2828 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "Warning:\n");
2830 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2832 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2834 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2837 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
2838 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
2839 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2840 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= -1
2841 && !valid_thread_id (bl
->owner
->thread
))
2844 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
2846 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2847 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2848 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2849 insert breakpoints. */
2850 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2851 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
2854 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
2855 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_error_explained_already
);
2860 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
2861 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
2862 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
2864 int some_failed
= 0;
2865 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2867 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
2870 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
2873 if (bpt
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2876 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
2877 if (!loc
->inserted
&& should_be_inserted (loc
))
2884 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
2886 remove_breakpoint (loc
, mark_uninserted
);
2888 hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
2889 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2890 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
2898 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
2899 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
2900 if (hw_breakpoint_error
&& !hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
2902 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2903 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
2904 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
2906 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2907 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
2910 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
2913 /* Used when the program stops.
2914 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
2915 removing a breakpoint location. */
2918 remove_breakpoints (void)
2920 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2923 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2925 if (bl
->inserted
&& !is_tracepoint (bl
->owner
))
2926 val
|= remove_breakpoint (bl
, mark_uninserted
);
2931 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
2934 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid
)
2936 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2938 struct inferior
*inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
2940 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2942 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
2945 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
2950 val
= remove_breakpoint (bl
, mark_uninserted
);
2959 reattach_breakpoints (int pid
)
2961 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
2962 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2964 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
;
2965 int dummy1
= 0, dummy2
= 0, dummy3
= 0;
2966 struct inferior
*inf
;
2967 struct thread_info
*tp
;
2969 tp
= any_live_thread_of_process (pid
);
2973 inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
2974 old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
2976 inferior_ptid
= tp
->ptid
;
2978 tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
2979 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
2981 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2983 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
2989 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &dummy1
, &dummy2
, &dummy3
);
2992 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2997 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3001 static int internal_breakpoint_number
= -1;
3003 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
3004 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
3005 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
3006 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
3007 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
3008 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
3010 set_breakpoint_number (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
)
3013 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3016 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
3017 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
3021 static struct breakpoint
*
3022 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
3023 CORE_ADDR address
, enum bptype type
,
3024 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
3026 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
3027 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3029 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
3032 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (sal
.pc
);
3033 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
3035 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
3036 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3037 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
3042 static const char *const longjmp_names
[] =
3044 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3046 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3048 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3049 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3051 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3052 struct minimal_symbol
*overlay_msym
;
3054 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3055 struct minimal_symbol
*longjmp_msym
[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
];
3057 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3058 int longjmp_searched
;
3060 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). */
3061 VEC (probe_p
) *longjmp_probes
;
3063 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3064 struct minimal_symbol
*terminate_msym
;
3066 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3067 struct minimal_symbol
*exception_msym
;
3069 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3070 int exception_searched
;
3072 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). */
3073 VEC (probe_p
) *exception_probes
;
3076 static const struct objfile_data
*breakpoint_objfile_key
;
3078 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3079 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found
;
3081 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3084 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol
*msym
)
3086 return msym
== &msym_not_found
;
3089 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3090 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3092 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*
3093 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile
*objfile
)
3095 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3097 bp_objfile_data
= objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
);
3098 if (bp_objfile_data
== NULL
)
3100 bp_objfile_data
= obstack_alloc (&objfile
->objfile_obstack
,
3101 sizeof (*bp_objfile_data
));
3103 memset (bp_objfile_data
, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data
));
3104 set_objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
, bp_objfile_data
);
3106 return bp_objfile_data
;
3110 free_breakpoint_probes (struct objfile
*obj
, void *data
)
3112 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
= data
;
3114 VEC_free (probe_p
, bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
);
3115 VEC_free (probe_p
, bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
);
3119 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3121 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3122 const char *const func_name
= "_ovly_debug_event";
3124 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3126 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3127 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3130 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3132 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
))
3135 if (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
== NULL
)
3137 struct minimal_symbol
*m
;
3139 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3142 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3143 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
= &msym_not_found
;
3146 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
= m
;
3149 addr
= SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
);
3150 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3152 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3153 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3155 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_auto
)
3157 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
3158 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
3162 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3163 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
3166 update_global_location_list (1);
3170 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3172 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3173 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3175 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
3177 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3179 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3181 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3183 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3186 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3187 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3189 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3190 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch
))
3193 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3195 if (!bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
)
3197 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
3198 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libc", "longjmp");
3199 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
= 1;
3202 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
!= NULL
)
3205 struct probe
*probe
;
3206 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3209 VEC_iterate (probe_p
,
3210 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
,
3214 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3216 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, probe
->address
,
3218 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3219 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3220 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3226 for (i
= 0; i
< NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
; i
++)
3228 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3229 const char *func_name
;
3232 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
]))
3235 func_name
= longjmp_names
[i
];
3236 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] == NULL
)
3238 struct minimal_symbol
*m
;
3240 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3243 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3244 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] = &msym_not_found
;
3247 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] = m
;
3250 addr
= SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
]);
3251 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_longjmp_master
,
3252 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3253 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3254 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3258 update_global_location_list (1);
3260 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3263 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3265 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3267 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3268 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3269 const char *const func_name
= "std::terminate()";
3271 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
3273 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3275 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3278 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3280 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3282 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3283 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3285 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3287 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
))
3290 if (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
== NULL
)
3292 struct minimal_symbol
*m
;
3294 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3295 if (m
== NULL
|| (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
) != mst_text
3296 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
) != mst_file_text
))
3298 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3299 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
= &msym_not_found
;
3302 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
= m
;
3305 addr
= SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
);
3306 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3307 bp_std_terminate_master
,
3308 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3309 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3310 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3314 update_global_location_list (1);
3316 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3319 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3322 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3324 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3325 const char *const func_name
= "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3327 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3329 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3330 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3331 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3334 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3336 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3337 if (!bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
)
3339 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
3340 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libgcc", "unwind");
3341 bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
= 1;
3344 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
!= NULL
)
3346 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3348 struct probe
*probe
;
3351 VEC_iterate (probe_p
,
3352 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
,
3356 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3358 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, probe
->address
,
3359 bp_exception_master
,
3360 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3361 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3362 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3368 /* Otherwise, try the hook function. */
3370 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
))
3373 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3375 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
== NULL
)
3377 struct minimal_symbol
*debug_hook
;
3379 debug_hook
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3380 if (debug_hook
== NULL
)
3382 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
= &msym_not_found
;
3386 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
= debug_hook
;
3389 addr
= SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
);
3390 addr
= gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch
, addr
,
3392 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_exception_master
,
3393 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3394 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3395 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3398 update_global_location_list (1);
3402 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3404 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3405 struct bp_location
*bploc
, **bplocp_tmp
;
3407 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3408 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3409 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3410 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3411 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3412 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3413 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3414 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3415 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc
, bplocp_tmp
)
3416 if (bploc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
3417 gdb_assert (!bploc
->inserted
);
3419 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3421 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
3424 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3425 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
3427 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3431 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3432 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
3434 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3438 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3439 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3440 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
|| b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
3441 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
|| b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
3442 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
)
3444 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3448 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3449 if (b
->type
== bp_step_resume
|| b
->type
== bp_hp_step_resume
)
3451 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3455 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3457 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_longjmp_resume
3458 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3459 || b
->type
== bp_exception
|| b
->type
== bp_exception_resume
)
3461 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3465 if (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
3467 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3468 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3469 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3470 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3474 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3475 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3476 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3477 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3478 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3479 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3481 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3482 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3483 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3484 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3485 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3486 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3487 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3489 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3490 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3491 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3492 let finish_command delete it.
3494 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3495 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3496 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3497 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3498 solib breakpoints.) */
3500 if (b
->type
== bp_finish
)
3505 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3506 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3508 if (b
->addr_string
== NULL
)
3510 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3514 /* FIXME what about longjmp breakpoints? Re-create them here? */
3515 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
3516 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
3517 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
3518 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
3522 detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid
)
3524 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3526 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
3527 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
3529 if (PIDGET (ptid
) == PIDGET (inferior_ptid
))
3530 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3532 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3533 inferior_ptid
= ptid
;
3534 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3536 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3539 /* This function must physically remove breakpoints locations
3540 from the specified ptid, without modifying the breakpoint
3541 package's state. Locations of type bp_loc_other are only
3542 maintained at GDB side. So, there is no need to remove
3543 these bp_loc_other locations. Moreover, removing these
3544 would modify the breakpoint package's state. */
3545 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_other
)
3549 val
|= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, mark_inserted
);
3552 /* Detach single-step breakpoints as well. */
3553 detach_single_step_breakpoints ();
3555 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3559 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3560 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3561 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3562 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3563 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3566 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*bl
, insertion_state_t is
)
3570 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3571 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
3573 if (bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
3574 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3577 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3578 This should not ever happen. */
3579 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
3581 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3582 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3584 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3585 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3586 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3588 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3589 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
3590 || bl
->section
== NULL
3591 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
3593 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3594 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
3598 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3599 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3600 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
3602 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3603 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3605 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
3606 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
3607 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3608 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3609 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
3611 target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3612 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
3614 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
3615 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
3618 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
3619 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
3620 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
3621 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
3623 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
3624 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
3625 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
3626 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
3627 || section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3628 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
3634 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
3639 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint
3640 in a shared library that has already been removed, but we
3641 have not yet processed the shlib unload event. */
3642 if (val
&& solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
))
3647 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
3649 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
3651 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
3652 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
3654 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
3655 bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
3657 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
3658 if ((is
== mark_uninserted
) && (bl
->inserted
))
3659 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
3662 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
3663 && breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
3666 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
3667 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
3669 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
3673 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
3680 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
, insertion_state_t is
)
3683 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3685 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3686 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
3688 if (bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
3689 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3692 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3693 This should not ever happen. */
3694 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
3696 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
3698 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
3700 ret
= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, is
);
3702 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3706 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
3709 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
3711 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3713 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3714 if (bl
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
3718 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
3719 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
3721 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
3724 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
3725 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
3726 init_wait_for_inferior). */
3731 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context
)
3733 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3734 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3736 struct program_space
*pspace
= current_program_space
;
3738 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
3740 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
3743 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3745 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3746 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
3747 && bl
->owner
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
3751 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3753 if (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
!= pspace
)
3759 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
3761 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
3762 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
3765 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
3767 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
3769 case bp_shlib_event
:
3771 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
3772 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
3773 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
3774 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
3775 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
3777 (gdb) file prog-linux
3778 (gdb) run # native linux target
3781 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
3782 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
3785 case bp_step_resume
:
3787 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
3789 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3793 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
3794 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
3795 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
3797 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
3799 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
3800 if (w
->exp_valid_block
!= NULL
)
3801 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3802 else if (context
== inf_starting
)
3804 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
3805 insert_breakpoints. */
3807 value_free (w
->val
);
3818 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
3819 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, bl
); ++ix
)
3820 decref_bp_location (&bl
);
3821 VEC_free (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
);
3824 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
3825 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
3826 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
3827 match, not program space. */
3829 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
3830 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
3831 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
3832 permanent breakpoint.
3833 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
3834 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
3835 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
3836 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
3837 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
3839 enum breakpoint_here
3840 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
3842 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3843 int any_breakpoint_here
= 0;
3845 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3847 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3848 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3851 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3852 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
3853 || bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
3854 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
3856 if (overlay_debugging
3857 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3858 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3859 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3860 else if (bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
3861 return permanent_breakpoint_here
;
3863 any_breakpoint_here
= 1;
3867 return any_breakpoint_here
? ordinary_breakpoint_here
: 0;
3870 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
3873 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
3875 struct bp_location
*loc
;
3878 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
3879 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
3885 /* Returns non-zero if there's a breakpoint inserted at PC, which is
3886 inserted using regular breakpoint_chain / bp_location array
3887 mechanism. This does not check for single-step breakpoints, which
3888 are inserted and removed using direct target manipulation. */
3891 regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
3894 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3896 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3898 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3899 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3903 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
3905 if (overlay_debugging
3906 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3907 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3908 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3916 /* Returns non-zero iff there's either regular breakpoint
3917 or a single step breakpoint inserted at PC. */
3920 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
3922 if (regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
3925 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
3931 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
3935 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
3938 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3940 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3942 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
3946 && breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
3949 if (overlay_debugging
3950 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3951 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3952 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3958 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
3959 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
3966 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space
*aspace
,
3967 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
3969 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
3971 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
3973 struct bp_location
*loc
;
3975 if (bpt
->type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
3976 && bpt
->type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
)
3979 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
3982 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
3983 if (loc
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
&& loc
->inserted
)
3987 /* Check for intersection. */
3988 l
= max (loc
->address
, addr
);
3989 h
= min (loc
->address
+ loc
->length
, addr
+ len
);
3997 /* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
3998 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */
4001 breakpoint_thread_match (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
4004 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4005 /* The thread and task IDs associated to PTID, computed lazily. */
4009 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4011 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4012 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4015 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has bl->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4016 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4017 && bl
->owner
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
4020 if (!breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4023 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= -1)
4025 /* This is a thread-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
4026 matches that thread. If thread hasn't been computed yet,
4027 it is now time to do so. */
4029 thread
= pid_to_thread_id (ptid
);
4030 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= thread
)
4034 if (bl
->owner
->task
!= 0)
4036 /* This is a task-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
4037 matches that task. If task hasn't been computed yet,
4038 it is now time to do so. */
4040 task
= ada_get_task_number (ptid
);
4041 if (bl
->owner
->task
!= task
)
4045 if (overlay_debugging
4046 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4047 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4048 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4057 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
4061 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*ep
)
4063 return (ep
->type
== bp_catchpoint
);
4066 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
4070 bpstat_free (bpstat bs
)
4072 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4073 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
4074 decref_counted_command_line (&bs
->commands
);
4075 decref_bp_location (&bs
->bp_location_at
);
4079 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4080 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4083 bpstat_clear (bpstat
*bsp
)
4100 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4101 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4104 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs
)
4108 bpstat retval
= NULL
;
4113 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4115 tmp
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp
));
4116 memcpy (tmp
, bs
, sizeof (*tmp
));
4117 incref_counted_command_line (tmp
->commands
);
4118 incref_bp_location (tmp
->bp_location_at
);
4119 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4121 tmp
->old_val
= value_copy (bs
->old_val
);
4122 release_value (tmp
->old_val
);
4126 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4136 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4139 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp
, struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
)
4144 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4146 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== breakpoint
)
4152 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4154 enum bpstat_signal_value
4155 bpstat_explains_signal (bpstat bsp
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
4157 enum bpstat_signal_value result
= BPSTAT_SIGNAL_NO
;
4159 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4161 /* Ensure that, if we ever entered this loop, then we at least
4162 return BPSTAT_SIGNAL_HIDE. */
4163 enum bpstat_signal_value newval
;
4165 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
4167 /* A moribund location can never explain a signal other than
4169 if (sig
== GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
4170 newval
= BPSTAT_SIGNAL_HIDE
;
4172 newval
= BPSTAT_SIGNAL_NO
;
4175 newval
= bsp
->breakpoint_at
->ops
->explains_signal (bsp
->breakpoint_at
,
4178 if (newval
> result
)
4185 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4186 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4187 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4188 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4190 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4191 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4193 Return 1 otherwise. */
4196 bpstat_num (bpstat
*bsp
, int *num
)
4198 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4201 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4203 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4204 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4205 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4206 b
= (*bsp
)->breakpoint_at
;
4207 *bsp
= (*bsp
)->next
;
4209 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4211 *num
= b
->number
; /* We have its number */
4215 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4218 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4220 struct thread_info
*tp
;
4223 if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
4226 tp
= find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid
);
4230 for (bs
= tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4232 decref_counted_command_line (&bs
->commands
);
4234 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4236 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
4242 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4245 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4247 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
4249 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
4251 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4252 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4253 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4254 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4255 if (tp
->control
.in_infcall
)
4259 breakpoint_proceeded
= 1;
4262 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
4265 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore
)
4267 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 0;
4270 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4271 or its equivalent. */
4274 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line
*cmd
)
4276 return cmd
&& (strcmp ("silent", cmd
->line
) == 0
4277 || (xdb_commands
&& strcmp ("Q", cmd
->line
) == 0));
4280 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4281 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4282 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4283 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4285 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4286 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4287 bpstat of the current thread. */
4290 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat
*bsp
)
4293 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
4296 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4298 if (executing_breakpoint_commands
)
4301 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 1;
4302 old_chain
= make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints
, 0);
4304 prevent_dont_repeat ();
4306 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4309 breakpoint_proceeded
= 0;
4310 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4312 struct counted_command_line
*ccmd
;
4313 struct command_line
*cmd
;
4314 struct cleanup
*this_cmd_tree_chain
;
4316 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4318 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4319 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4320 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4321 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4322 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4323 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4324 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4325 the tree when we're done. */
4326 ccmd
= bs
->commands
;
4327 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4328 this_cmd_tree_chain
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd
);
4329 cmd
= ccmd
? ccmd
->commands
: NULL
;
4330 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd
))
4332 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4338 execute_control_command (cmd
);
4340 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4346 /* We can free this command tree now. */
4347 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain
);
4349 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4351 if (target_can_async_p ())
4352 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4353 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4354 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4357 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4358 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4359 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4360 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4361 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4362 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4363 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4364 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4365 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4366 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4367 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4368 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4369 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4374 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
4379 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4381 struct cleanup
*cleanup_if_error
= make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
4383 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4384 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
)
4385 && target_has_execution
4386 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid
)
4387 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))
4388 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
4389 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
4390 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
4391 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4392 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control
.stop_bpstat
))
4395 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error
);
4398 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4401 watchpoint_value_print (struct value
*val
, struct ui_file
*stream
)
4404 fprintf_unfiltered (stream
, _("<unreadable>"));
4407 struct value_print_options opts
;
4408 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
4409 value_print (val
, stream
, &opts
);
4413 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4414 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4415 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4416 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4419 static enum print_stop_action
4420 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
)
4422 switch (bs
->print_it
)
4425 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4426 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4430 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4431 relevant messages. */
4432 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
4435 case print_it_normal
:
4437 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4439 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4440 which has since been deleted. */
4442 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4444 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4445 return b
->ops
->print_it (bs
);
4450 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4451 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4456 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4459 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint
)
4462 = !VEC_empty (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
);
4464 = !VEC_empty (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
);
4468 if (any_added
|| any_deleted
)
4469 ui_out_text (current_uiout
,
4470 _("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4472 ui_out_text (current_uiout
,
4473 _("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4474 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4477 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
4478 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "reason",
4479 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT
));
4483 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
4487 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, _(" Inferior unloaded "));
4488 cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout
,
4491 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
,
4496 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, " ");
4497 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "library", name
);
4498 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, "\n");
4501 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
4506 struct so_list
*iter
;
4508 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
4510 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, _(" Inferior loaded "));
4511 cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout
,
4514 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
,
4519 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, " ");
4520 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "library", iter
->so_name
);
4521 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, "\n");
4524 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
4528 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4529 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4530 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4531 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4532 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4533 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4534 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4537 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4538 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4539 code to print the location. An example is
4540 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4542 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4543 to also print the location part of the message.
4544 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4545 don't require a location appended to the end.
4546 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4547 further info to be printed. */
4549 enum print_stop_action
4550 bpstat_print (bpstat bs
, int kind
)
4554 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4555 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4556 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4557 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4558 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4560 val
= print_bp_stop_message (bs
);
4561 if (val
== PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4562 || val
== PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4563 || val
== PRINT_NOTHING
)
4567 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4568 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4569 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4570 if (kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
4572 print_solib_event (0);
4573 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
4576 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4577 with and nothing was printed. */
4578 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4581 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero. This is
4582 used inside a catch_errors to evaluate the breakpoint condition.
4583 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
4584 "char *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
4587 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp
)
4589 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
4590 int i
= !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression
*) exp
));
4592 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4596 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
4599 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location
*bl
, bpstat
**bs_link_pointer
)
4603 bs
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs
));
4605 **bs_link_pointer
= bs
;
4606 *bs_link_pointer
= &bs
->next
;
4607 bs
->breakpoint_at
= bl
->owner
;
4608 bs
->bp_location_at
= bl
;
4609 incref_bp_location (bl
);
4610 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
4611 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4613 bs
->print_it
= print_it_normal
;
4617 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
4618 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
4621 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
4623 int stopped_by_watchpoint
= target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
4625 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4627 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint
)
4629 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
4630 as not triggered. */
4632 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4634 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4636 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
4642 if (!target_stopped_data_address (¤t_target
, &addr
))
4644 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
4645 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
4647 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4649 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4651 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_unknown
;
4654 return stopped_by_watchpoint
;
4657 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
4658 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
4662 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4664 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4665 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4667 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
4668 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
4670 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
4672 CORE_ADDR newaddr
= addr
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
4673 CORE_ADDR start
= loc
->address
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
4675 if (newaddr
== start
)
4677 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
4681 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
4682 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (¤t_target
,
4686 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
4695 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
4696 because of check_errors). */
4697 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
4698 #define WP_DELETED 1
4699 /* The value has changed. */
4700 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
4701 /* The value has not changed. */
4702 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
4703 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
4706 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
4707 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
4709 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
4712 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
4713 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
4716 watchpoint_check (void *p
)
4718 bpstat bs
= (bpstat
) p
;
4719 struct watchpoint
*b
;
4720 struct frame_info
*fr
;
4721 int within_current_scope
;
4723 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
4724 gdb_assert (bs
->breakpoint_at
!= NULL
);
4725 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4727 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
4728 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
4729 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
4730 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
4733 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
4734 within_current_scope
= 1;
4737 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
4738 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
4739 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (frame
);
4741 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
4742 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
4743 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
4744 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
4745 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
4746 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
4747 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
4748 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
4749 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
4750 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
4753 fr
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
4754 within_current_scope
= (fr
!= NULL
);
4756 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
4757 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
4758 if (within_current_scope
)
4760 struct symbol
*function
;
4762 function
= get_frame_function (fr
);
4763 if (function
== NULL
4764 || !contained_in (b
->exp_valid_block
,
4765 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function
)))
4766 within_current_scope
= 0;
4769 if (within_current_scope
)
4770 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
4771 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
4776 if (within_current_scope
)
4778 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
4779 time before we return to the command level and call
4780 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
4781 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
4785 struct value
*new_val
;
4787 if (is_masked_watchpoint (&b
->base
))
4788 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
4789 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
4790 a mask watchpoint. */
4791 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
4793 mark
= value_mark ();
4794 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
, &pc
, &new_val
, NULL
, NULL
);
4796 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
4797 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
4798 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
4799 not what we want. */
4800 if ((b
->val
!= NULL
) != (new_val
!= NULL
)
4801 || (b
->val
!= NULL
&& !value_equal_contents (b
->val
, new_val
)))
4803 if (new_val
!= NULL
)
4805 release_value (new_val
);
4806 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4808 bs
->old_val
= b
->val
;
4811 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
4815 /* Nothing changed. */
4816 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4817 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
;
4822 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
4824 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
4825 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
4826 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
4827 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
4828 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
4829 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
4830 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
4831 the first value assigned). */
4832 /* We print all the stop information in
4833 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
4834 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
4835 already. So we have no choice but print the information
4837 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
4839 (uiout
, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE
));
4840 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nWatchpoint ");
4841 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "wpnum", b
->base
.number
);
4843 " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
4844 which its expression is valid.\n");
4846 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
4847 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->base
.commands
);
4848 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
4854 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
4855 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
4856 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
4859 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
4860 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
4861 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
4863 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
4865 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
4866 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
4868 return b
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
4871 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
4872 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
4875 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
4877 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
4878 struct watchpoint
*b
;
4880 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
4881 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
4882 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
4883 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4884 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
4887 int must_check_value
= 0;
4889 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
)
4890 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
4892 must_check_value
= 1;
4893 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_yes
)
4894 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
4895 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
4897 must_check_value
= 1;
4898 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_unknown
4899 && b
->base
.type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
4900 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
4901 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
4902 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
4903 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
4904 must_check_value
= 1;
4906 if (must_check_value
)
4909 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
4911 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
4912 int e
= catch_errors (watchpoint_check
, bs
, message
,
4914 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
4918 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
4919 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
4923 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
4926 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED
:
4927 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
4929 /* There are two cases to consider here:
4931 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
4932 In that case, trust the target, and always report
4933 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
4934 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
4935 have changed since the last time it was read, and
4936 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
4937 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
4940 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
4941 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
4944 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
4945 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
4946 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
4947 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
4949 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
4950 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
4951 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
4954 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
4955 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
4956 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
4957 changes. This still gives false positives when
4958 the program writes the same value to memory as
4959 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
4960 it for a read), but it's much better than
4963 int other_write_watchpoint
= 0;
4965 if (bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
4967 struct breakpoint
*other_b
;
4969 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b
)
4970 if (other_b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
4971 || other_b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
4973 struct watchpoint
*other_w
=
4974 (struct watchpoint
*) other_b
;
4976 if (other_w
->watchpoint_triggered
4977 == watch_triggered_yes
)
4979 other_write_watchpoint
= 1;
4985 if (other_write_watchpoint
4986 || bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
)
4988 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
4989 and the value changed since the last time we
4990 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
4992 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
4997 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
:
4998 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
4999 || b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5001 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
5002 the value hasn't changed. */
5003 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5011 /* Error from catch_errors. */
5012 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b
->base
.number
);
5013 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
5014 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5015 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
5019 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
5021 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
5022 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
5023 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
5024 anything for this watchpoint. */
5025 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5032 /* Check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
5033 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
5034 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
5037 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs
, ptid_t ptid
)
5039 int thread_id
= pid_to_thread_id (ptid
);
5040 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
5041 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5043 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5044 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
5045 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
5046 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5047 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5049 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
5050 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
5051 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
5053 if (frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
)
5054 && !frame_id_eq (b
->frame_id
, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
5058 int value_is_zero
= 0;
5059 struct expression
*cond
;
5061 /* Evaluate Python breakpoints that have a "stop"
5062 method implemented. */
5063 if (b
->py_bp_object
)
5064 bs
->stop
= gdbpy_should_stop (b
->py_bp_object
);
5066 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5068 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5075 if (cond
&& b
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
5077 int within_current_scope
= 1;
5078 struct watchpoint
* w
;
5080 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
5081 be a long time before we return to the command level and
5082 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
5083 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
5085 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
5087 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5088 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5092 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5093 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5094 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5095 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5096 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5098 if (w
== NULL
|| w
->cond_exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
5099 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5102 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5104 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5105 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5106 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5107 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5108 really matter which instantiation of the function
5109 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5110 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5111 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5112 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5113 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5114 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5115 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5116 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5118 frame
= block_innermost_frame (w
->cond_exp_valid_block
);
5120 select_frame (frame
);
5122 within_current_scope
= 0;
5124 if (within_current_scope
)
5126 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval
, cond
,
5127 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
5131 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5132 "in the current scope"));
5133 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5134 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5137 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5138 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5141 if (cond
&& value_is_zero
)
5145 else if (b
->thread
!= -1 && b
->thread
!= thread_id
)
5149 else if (b
->ignore_count
> 0)
5153 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5155 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
5161 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
5162 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
5164 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
5165 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
5168 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
5170 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
5172 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
5173 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
5174 several reasons concurrently.)
5176 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
5177 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
5180 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space
*aspace
,
5181 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
, ptid_t ptid
,
5182 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
5184 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
5185 struct bp_location
*bl
;
5186 struct bp_location
*loc
;
5187 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5188 bpstat bs_head
= NULL
, *bs_link
= &bs_head
;
5189 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
5192 int need_remove_insert
;
5195 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5196 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5197 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5198 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5199 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5200 inferior function calls. */
5204 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
5207 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5209 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5210 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5211 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5212 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5213 checked all locations already. */
5214 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
&& bl
!= b
->loc
)
5217 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
)
5220 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
5223 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5226 bs
= bpstat_alloc (bl
, &bs_link
); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5229 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5230 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5231 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5235 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5236 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5237 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5239 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
&& b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
5241 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
->related_breakpoint
;
5243 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
5248 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
5250 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, bp_addr
))
5252 bs
= bpstat_alloc (loc
, &bs_link
);
5253 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5256 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5260 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5261 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5262 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5264 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5266 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
&& bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
5268 handle_solib_event ();
5273 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5274 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5275 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5279 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5284 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5285 b
->ops
->check_status (bs
);
5288 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs
, ptid
);
5293 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
5295 /* We will stop here. */
5296 if (b
->disposition
== disp_disable
)
5298 --(b
->enable_count
);
5299 if (b
->enable_count
<= 0
5300 && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
5301 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
5306 bs
->commands
= b
->commands
;
5307 incref_counted_command_line (bs
->commands
);
5308 if (command_line_is_silent (bs
->commands
5309 ? bs
->commands
->commands
: NULL
))
5312 b
->ops
->after_condition_true (bs
);
5317 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5319 if (!bs
->stop
|| !bs
->print
)
5320 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5323 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5324 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5325 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5327 need_remove_insert
= 0;
5328 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head
))
5329 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5331 && bs
->breakpoint_at
5332 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
))
5334 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5336 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5337 need_remove_insert
= 1;
5340 if (need_remove_insert
)
5341 update_global_location_list (1);
5342 else if (removed_any
)
5343 update_global_location_list (0);
5349 handle_jit_event (void)
5351 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5352 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
5354 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5355 breakpoint_re_set. */
5356 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5358 frame
= get_current_frame ();
5359 gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
5361 jit_event_handler (gdbarch
);
5363 target_terminal_inferior ();
5366 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5368 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5371 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head
)
5373 struct bpstat_what retval
;
5377 retval
.main_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5378 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_NONE
;
5379 retval
.is_longjmp
= 0;
5381 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5383 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5384 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5385 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5388 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
5390 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5391 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5395 bptype
= bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
;
5402 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
5405 case bp_shlib_event
:
5409 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5411 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5414 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5417 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
5418 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
5419 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
5423 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5425 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5429 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5430 This requires no further action. */
5434 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
5436 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5437 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
!= bp_exception
;
5439 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
5440 case bp_exception_resume
:
5441 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5442 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
== bp_longjmp_resume
;
5444 case bp_step_resume
:
5446 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME
;
5449 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5450 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5453 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
5455 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME
;
5458 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5459 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5462 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
5463 case bp_thread_event
:
5464 case bp_overlay_event
:
5465 case bp_longjmp_master
:
5466 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
5467 case bp_exception_master
:
5468 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5474 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5476 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5480 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5481 This requires no further action. */
5486 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5489 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5490 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5491 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STACK_DUMMY
;
5492 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5494 case bp_std_terminate
:
5495 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5496 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5497 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STD_TERMINATE
;
5498 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5501 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
5502 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
5503 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5504 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5506 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5507 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5509 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5510 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5511 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5513 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5514 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5515 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5516 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5521 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5523 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5527 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5528 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype
);
5531 retval
.main_action
= max (retval
.main_action
, this_action
);
5534 /* These operations may affect the bs->breakpoint_at state so they are
5535 delayed after MAIN_ACTION is decided above. */
5540 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
, "bpstat_what: bp_jit_event\n");
5542 handle_jit_event ();
5545 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5547 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5553 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5554 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b
);
5556 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5557 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b
);
5565 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
5566 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
5567 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
5570 bpstat_should_step (void)
5572 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5575 if (breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
!= NULL
)
5581 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs
)
5583 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5592 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
5593 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
5594 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
5597 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out
*uiout
, const char *col_name
)
5599 static char wrap_indent
[80];
5600 int i
, total_width
, width
, align
;
5604 for (i
= 1; ui_out_query_field (uiout
, i
, &width
, &align
, &text
); i
++)
5606 if (strcmp (text
, col_name
) == 0)
5608 gdb_assert (total_width
< sizeof wrap_indent
);
5609 memset (wrap_indent
, ' ', total_width
);
5610 wrap_indent
[total_width
] = 0;
5615 total_width
+= width
+ 1;
5621 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
5622 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
5624 "host": Host evals condition.
5625 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
5626 "target": Target evals condition.
5630 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5632 struct bp_location
*bl
;
5633 char host_evals
= 0;
5634 char target_evals
= 0;
5639 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
5642 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5643 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5644 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5646 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5648 if (bl
->cond_bytecode
)
5654 if (host_evals
&& target_evals
)
5655 return condition_evaluation_both
;
5656 else if (target_evals
)
5657 return condition_evaluation_target
;
5659 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5662 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
5663 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
5666 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location
*bl
)
5668 if (bl
&& !is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
5671 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5672 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5673 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5675 if (bl
&& bl
->cond_bytecode
)
5676 return condition_evaluation_target
;
5678 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5681 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
5684 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
5685 struct bp_location
*loc
)
5687 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5688 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
5690 if (loc
!= NULL
&& loc
->shlib_disabled
)
5694 set_current_program_space (loc
->pspace
);
5696 if (b
->display_canonical
)
5697 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", b
->addr_string
);
5698 else if (loc
&& loc
->symtab
)
5701 = find_pc_sect_function (loc
->address
, loc
->section
);
5704 ui_out_text (uiout
, "in ");
5705 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "func",
5706 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
5707 ui_out_text (uiout
, " ");
5708 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout
, wrap_indent_at_field (uiout
, "what"));
5709 ui_out_text (uiout
, "at ");
5711 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "file",
5712 symtab_to_filename_for_display (loc
->symtab
));
5713 ui_out_text (uiout
, ":");
5715 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
5716 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "fullname",
5717 symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
));
5719 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "line", loc
->line_number
);
5723 struct ui_file
*stb
= mem_fileopen ();
5724 struct cleanup
*stb_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb
);
5726 print_address_symbolic (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
, stb
,
5728 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "at", stb
);
5730 do_cleanups (stb_chain
);
5733 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "pending", b
->addr_string
);
5735 if (loc
&& is_breakpoint (b
)
5736 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
5737 && bp_condition_evaluator (b
) == condition_evaluation_both
)
5739 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (");
5740 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "evaluated-by",
5741 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc
));
5742 ui_out_text (uiout
, ")");
5745 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
5749 bptype_string (enum bptype type
)
5751 struct ep_type_description
5756 static struct ep_type_description bptypes
[] =
5758 {bp_none
, "?deleted?"},
5759 {bp_breakpoint
, "breakpoint"},
5760 {bp_hardware_breakpoint
, "hw breakpoint"},
5761 {bp_until
, "until"},
5762 {bp_finish
, "finish"},
5763 {bp_watchpoint
, "watchpoint"},
5764 {bp_hardware_watchpoint
, "hw watchpoint"},
5765 {bp_read_watchpoint
, "read watchpoint"},
5766 {bp_access_watchpoint
, "acc watchpoint"},
5767 {bp_longjmp
, "longjmp"},
5768 {bp_longjmp_resume
, "longjmp resume"},
5769 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy
, "longjmp for call dummy"},
5770 {bp_exception
, "exception"},
5771 {bp_exception_resume
, "exception resume"},
5772 {bp_step_resume
, "step resume"},
5773 {bp_hp_step_resume
, "high-priority step resume"},
5774 {bp_watchpoint_scope
, "watchpoint scope"},
5775 {bp_call_dummy
, "call dummy"},
5776 {bp_std_terminate
, "std::terminate"},
5777 {bp_shlib_event
, "shlib events"},
5778 {bp_thread_event
, "thread events"},
5779 {bp_overlay_event
, "overlay events"},
5780 {bp_longjmp_master
, "longjmp master"},
5781 {bp_std_terminate_master
, "std::terminate master"},
5782 {bp_exception_master
, "exception master"},
5783 {bp_catchpoint
, "catchpoint"},
5784 {bp_tracepoint
, "tracepoint"},
5785 {bp_fast_tracepoint
, "fast tracepoint"},
5786 {bp_static_tracepoint
, "static tracepoint"},
5787 {bp_dprintf
, "dprintf"},
5788 {bp_jit_event
, "jit events"},
5789 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
5790 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
5793 if (((int) type
>= (sizeof (bptypes
) / sizeof (bptypes
[0])))
5794 || ((int) type
!= bptypes
[(int) type
].type
))
5795 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5796 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
5799 return bptypes
[(int) type
].description
;
5804 /* For MI, output a field named 'thread-groups' with a list as the value.
5805 For CLI, prefix the list with the string 'inf'. */
5808 output_thread_groups (struct ui_out
*uiout
,
5809 const char *field_name
,
5813 struct cleanup
*back_to
;
5814 int is_mi
= ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
);
5818 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
5819 there are several. Always display them for MI. */
5820 if (!is_mi
&& mi_only
)
5823 back_to
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (uiout
, field_name
);
5825 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (int, inf_num
, i
, inf
); ++i
)
5831 xsnprintf (mi_group
, sizeof (mi_group
), "i%d", inf
);
5832 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, NULL
, mi_group
);
5837 ui_out_text (uiout
, " inf ");
5839 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
5841 ui_out_text (uiout
, plongest (inf
));
5845 do_cleanups (back_to
);
5848 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
5851 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
5852 struct bp_location
*loc
,
5854 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
5857 struct command_line
*l
;
5858 static char bpenables
[] = "nynny";
5860 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5861 int header_of_multiple
= 0;
5862 int part_of_multiple
= (loc
!= NULL
);
5863 struct value_print_options opts
;
5865 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
5867 gdb_assert (!loc
|| loc_number
!= 0);
5868 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
5869 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
5872 && (b
->loc
->next
!= NULL
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
)))
5873 header_of_multiple
= 1;
5881 if (part_of_multiple
)
5884 formatted
= xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b
->number
, loc_number
);
5885 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "number", formatted
);
5890 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
5895 if (part_of_multiple
)
5896 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "type");
5898 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "type", bptype_string (b
->type
));
5902 if (part_of_multiple
)
5903 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "disp");
5905 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
5910 if (part_of_multiple
)
5911 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "enabled", loc
->enabled
? "y" : "n");
5913 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout
, "enabled", "%c",
5914 bpenables
[(int) b
->enable_state
]);
5915 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 2);
5919 if (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_one
!= NULL
)
5921 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
5922 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
5923 make sure there's just one location. */
5924 gdb_assert (b
->loc
== NULL
|| b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
5925 b
->ops
->print_one (b
, last_loc
);
5931 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5932 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
5936 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
5937 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
5938 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
5940 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5942 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
5943 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
5944 is relatively readable). */
5945 if (opts
.addressprint
)
5946 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
5948 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", w
->exp_string
);
5953 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
5957 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
5958 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
5960 case bp_exception_resume
:
5961 case bp_step_resume
:
5962 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
5963 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
5965 case bp_std_terminate
:
5966 case bp_shlib_event
:
5967 case bp_thread_event
:
5968 case bp_overlay_event
:
5969 case bp_longjmp_master
:
5970 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
5971 case bp_exception_master
:
5973 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
5974 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
5977 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5978 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5979 if (opts
.addressprint
)
5982 if (header_of_multiple
)
5983 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
5984 else if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| loc
->shlib_disabled
)
5985 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<PENDING>");
5987 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "addr",
5988 loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
5991 if (!header_of_multiple
)
5992 print_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
);
5999 if (loc
!= NULL
&& !header_of_multiple
)
6001 struct inferior
*inf
;
6002 VEC(int) *inf_num
= NULL
;
6007 if (inf
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
)
6008 VEC_safe_push (int, inf_num
, inf
->num
);
6011 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6012 there are several. Always display for MI. */
6014 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6015 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
6016 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
6017 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
6018 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
6019 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_catchpoint
))
6021 output_thread_groups (uiout
, "thread-groups", inf_num
, mi_only
);
6022 VEC_free (int, inf_num
);
6025 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6027 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6029 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
6030 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
6031 ui_out_text (uiout
, " thread ");
6032 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
6034 else if (b
->task
!= 0)
6036 ui_out_text (uiout
, " task ");
6037 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "task", b
->task
);
6041 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6043 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6044 b
->ops
->print_one_detail (b
, uiout
);
6046 if (part_of_multiple
&& frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
))
6049 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
6050 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
6052 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "frame",
6053 b
->gdbarch
, b
->frame_id
.stack_addr
);
6054 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6057 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->cond_string
)
6060 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6061 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttrace only if ");
6063 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only if ");
6064 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "cond", b
->cond_string
);
6066 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
6067 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
6068 if (is_breakpoint (b
)
6069 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
6070 == condition_evaluation_target
)
6072 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (");
6073 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "evaluated-by",
6074 bp_condition_evaluator (b
));
6075 ui_out_text (uiout
, " evals)");
6077 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6080 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->thread
!= -1)
6082 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6083 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in thread ");
6084 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
6085 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6088 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6092 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6093 if (is_catchpoint (b
))
6094 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tcatchpoint");
6095 else if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6096 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttracepoint");
6098 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tbreakpoint");
6099 ui_out_text (uiout
, " already hit ");
6100 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
6101 if (b
->hit_count
== 1)
6102 ui_out_text (uiout
, " time\n");
6104 ui_out_text (uiout
, " times\n");
6108 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi. */
6109 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6110 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
6114 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->ignore_count
)
6117 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tignore next ");
6118 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "ignore", b
->ignore_count
);
6119 ui_out_text (uiout
, " hits\n");
6122 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6123 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6124 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6125 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->enable_count
> 1)
6128 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tdisable after ");
6129 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6130 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6131 if (b
->ignore_count
)
6132 ui_out_text (uiout
, "additional ");
6134 ui_out_text (uiout
, "next ");
6135 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "enable", b
->enable_count
);
6136 ui_out_text (uiout
, " hits\n");
6139 if (!part_of_multiple
&& is_tracepoint (b
))
6141 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6143 if (tp
->traceframe_usage
)
6145 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttrace buffer usage ");
6146 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "traceframe-usage", tp
->traceframe_usage
);
6147 ui_out_text (uiout
, " bytes\n");
6151 l
= b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
6152 if (!part_of_multiple
&& l
)
6154 struct cleanup
*script_chain
;
6157 script_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "script");
6158 print_command_lines (uiout
, l
, 4);
6159 do_cleanups (script_chain
);
6162 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6164 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6166 if (!part_of_multiple
&& t
->pass_count
)
6168 annotate_field (10);
6169 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tpass count ");
6170 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "pass", t
->pass_count
);
6171 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
6174 /* Don't display it when tracepoint or tracepoint location is
6176 if (!header_of_multiple
&& loc
!= NULL
&& !loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6178 annotate_field (11);
6180 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6181 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "installed",
6182 loc
->inserted
? "y" : "n");
6186 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\t");
6188 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tnot ");
6189 ui_out_text (uiout
, "installed on target\n");
6194 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
) && !part_of_multiple
)
6196 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
6198 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6200 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location", w
->exp_string
);
6202 else if (b
->addr_string
)
6203 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location", b
->addr_string
);
6208 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6209 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
6212 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
;
6213 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6215 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "bkpt");
6217 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, NULL
, 0, last_loc
, allflag
);
6218 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
6220 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6221 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6222 locations, if any. */
6223 if (b
->ops
== NULL
|| b
->ops
->print_one
== NULL
)
6225 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6226 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6227 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6230 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6231 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
6233 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
6234 && (b
->loc
->next
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
))
6236 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6239 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
, ++n
)
6241 struct cleanup
*inner2
=
6242 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, NULL
);
6243 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
, n
, last_loc
, allflag
);
6244 do_cleanups (inner2
);
6251 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6253 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6254 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6256 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
6260 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have
6261 an address to print. */
6262 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& loc
->watchpoint_type
== -1)
6265 addr_bit
= gdbarch_addr_bit (loc
->gdbarch
);
6266 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6267 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6270 return print_address_bits
;
6273 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
6279 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, void *data
)
6281 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
*args
= data
;
6282 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6283 struct bp_location
*dummy_loc
= NULL
;
6287 if (args
->bnum
== b
->number
)
6289 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &dummy_loc
, 0);
6297 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, int bnum
,
6298 char **error_message
)
6300 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args
;
6303 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
6305 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout
, do_captured_breakpoint_query
, &args
,
6306 error_message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
) < 0)
6312 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6313 internal or momentary. */
6316 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6318 return b
->number
> 0;
6321 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
6322 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
6323 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
6324 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6325 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
6326 breakpoints listed. */
6329 breakpoint_1 (char *args
, int allflag
,
6330 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
6332 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6333 struct bp_location
*last_loc
= NULL
;
6334 int nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6335 struct cleanup
*bkpttbl_chain
;
6336 struct value_print_options opts
;
6337 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6338 int print_type_col_width
= 14;
6339 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6341 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6343 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6344 required for address fields. */
6345 nr_printable_breakpoints
= 0;
6348 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6349 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6352 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6353 accept. Skip the others. */
6354 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
6356 if (allflag
&& parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
6358 if (!allflag
&& !number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
6362 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6364 int addr_bit
, type_len
;
6366 addr_bit
= breakpoint_address_bits (b
);
6367 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6368 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6370 type_len
= strlen (bptype_string (b
->type
));
6371 if (type_len
> print_type_col_width
)
6372 print_type_col_width
= type_len
;
6374 nr_printable_breakpoints
++;
6378 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6380 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 6,
6381 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
6385 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 5,
6386 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
6389 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6390 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6391 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6393 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 7, ui_left
, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6394 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6396 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, print_type_col_width
, ui_left
,
6397 "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6398 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6400 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 4, ui_left
, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6401 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6403 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 3, ui_left
, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6404 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6406 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6408 if (print_address_bits
<= 32)
6409 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 10, ui_left
,
6410 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6412 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 18, ui_left
,
6413 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6415 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6417 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 40, ui_noalign
, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6418 ui_out_table_body (uiout
);
6419 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6420 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6425 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6426 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6429 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6430 accept. Skip the others. */
6432 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
6434 if (allflag
) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6436 if (parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
6439 else /* all others */
6441 if (!number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
6445 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6447 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6448 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &last_loc
, allflag
);
6451 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain
);
6453 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
== 0)
6455 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6459 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6460 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6462 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0,
6463 "No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6469 if (last_loc
&& !server_command
)
6470 set_next_address (last_loc
->gdbarch
, last_loc
->address
);
6473 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6474 there have been breakpoints? */
6475 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6477 return nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6480 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6481 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6484 default_collect_info (void)
6486 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6488 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6489 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6491 if (!*default_collect
)
6494 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6496 ui_out_text (uiout
, "default collect ");
6497 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "default-collect", default_collect
);
6498 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
6502 breakpoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6504 breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, NULL
);
6506 default_collect_info ();
6510 watchpoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6512 int num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_watchpoint
);
6513 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6515 if (num_printed
== 0)
6517 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6518 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No watchpoints.\n");
6520 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
6525 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6527 breakpoint_1 (args
, 1, NULL
);
6529 default_collect_info ();
6533 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6534 struct program_space
*pspace
,
6535 CORE_ADDR pc
, struct obj_section
*section
)
6537 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
6539 for (; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
6541 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
6542 && bl
->address
== pc
6543 && (!overlay_debugging
|| bl
->section
== section
))
6549 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
6550 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
6554 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6555 struct program_space
*pspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
6556 struct obj_section
*section
, int thread
)
6559 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6562 others
+= (user_breakpoint_p (b
)
6563 && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
));
6567 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
6568 else /* if (others == ???) */
6569 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
6571 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
) && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
))
6574 printf_filtered ("%d", b
->number
);
6575 if (b
->thread
== -1 && thread
!= -1)
6576 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
6577 else if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6578 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b
->thread
);
6579 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
6580 ((b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
6581 || b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
6583 : b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
6587 : ((others
== 1) ? " and" : ""));
6589 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
6590 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch
, pc
), gdb_stdout
);
6591 printf_filtered (".\n");
6596 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
6597 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
6598 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
6599 (or use it for any other purpose either).
6601 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
6602 always have a zero valued address and we don't want to mark
6603 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
6604 breakpoint at address zero:
6612 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
6614 enum bptype type
= bpt
->type
;
6616 return (type
!= bp_watchpoint
&& type
!= bp_catchpoint
);
6619 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
6620 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
6623 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6624 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6626 struct watchpoint
*w1
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc1
->owner
;
6627 struct watchpoint
*w2
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc2
->owner
;
6629 /* Both of them must exist. */
6630 gdb_assert (w1
!= NULL
);
6631 gdb_assert (w2
!= NULL
);
6633 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
6634 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
6635 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
6636 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
6637 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
6638 other watchpoint. */
6640 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1
->address
,
6642 loc1
->watchpoint_type
,
6645 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2
->address
,
6647 loc2
->watchpoint_type
,
6651 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
6652 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
6653 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
6654 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
6655 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
6656 become hw_access locations later. */
6657 return (loc1
->owner
->type
== loc2
->owner
->type
6658 && loc1
->pspace
->aspace
== loc2
->pspace
->aspace
6659 && loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
6660 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
6663 /* Returns true if {ASPACE1,ADDR1} and {ASPACE2,ADDR2} represent the
6664 same breakpoint location. In most targets, this can only be true
6665 if ASPACE1 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global
6666 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6669 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
6670 struct address_space
*aspace2
, CORE_ADDR addr2
)
6672 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6673 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
6677 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
6678 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
6679 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
6680 space doesn't really matter. */
6683 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
6684 int len1
, struct address_space
*aspace2
,
6687 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6688 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
6689 && addr2
>= addr1
&& addr2
< addr1
+ len1
);
6692 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
6693 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
6694 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
6695 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6698 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
6699 struct address_space
*aspace
,
6702 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
6705 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
6706 bl
->address
, bl
->length
,
6710 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
6711 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
6712 true, otherwise returns false. */
6715 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6716 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6718 if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) && is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
6719 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
6720 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
6721 different locations. */
6722 return (loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
&& loc1
->owner
== loc2
->owner
);
6727 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
6728 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
6729 represent the same location. */
6732 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6733 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6735 int hw_point1
, hw_point2
;
6737 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
6738 gdb_assert (loc1
->owner
!= NULL
);
6739 gdb_assert (loc2
->owner
!= NULL
);
6741 hw_point1
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1
->owner
);
6742 hw_point2
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
);
6744 if (hw_point1
!= hw_point2
)
6747 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
6748 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) || is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
6749 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
6751 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
6752 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1
->pspace
->aspace
, loc1
->address
,
6753 loc2
->pspace
->aspace
, loc2
->address
)
6754 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
6758 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr
, CORE_ADDR to_addr
,
6759 int bnum
, int have_bnum
)
6761 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
6762 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
6766 strcpy (astr1
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr
, 8));
6767 strcpy (astr2
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr
, 8));
6769 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
6770 bnum
, astr1
, astr2
);
6772 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1
, astr2
);
6775 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
6776 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
6777 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
6778 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
6781 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6782 CORE_ADDR bpaddr
, enum bptype bptype
)
6784 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch
))
6786 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
6789 else if (bptype
== bp_watchpoint
6790 || bptype
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
6791 || bptype
== bp_read_watchpoint
6792 || bptype
== bp_access_watchpoint
6793 || bptype
== bp_catchpoint
)
6795 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
6796 have their addresses modified. */
6801 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr
;
6803 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
6804 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
6805 adjusted_bpaddr
= gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch
, bpaddr
);
6807 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
6808 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
6810 if (adjusted_bpaddr
!= bpaddr
)
6811 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr
, adjusted_bpaddr
, 0, 0);
6813 return adjusted_bpaddr
;
6818 init_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
, const struct bp_location_ops
*ops
,
6819 struct breakpoint
*owner
)
6821 memset (loc
, 0, sizeof (*loc
));
6823 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
6828 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
6829 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 0;
6832 switch (owner
->type
)
6838 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
6839 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
6841 case bp_exception_resume
:
6842 case bp_step_resume
:
6843 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
6844 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
6846 case bp_std_terminate
:
6847 case bp_shlib_event
:
6848 case bp_thread_event
:
6849 case bp_overlay_event
:
6851 case bp_longjmp_master
:
6852 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
6853 case bp_exception_master
:
6854 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
6855 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
6857 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
6858 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
6860 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
6861 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
6862 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
6864 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
6865 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
6866 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
6867 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
;
6872 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
6873 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
6874 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_other
;
6877 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
6883 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
6885 static struct bp_location
*
6886 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
6888 return bpt
->ops
->allocate_location (bpt
);
6892 free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
)
6894 loc
->ops
->dtor (loc
);
6898 /* Increment reference count. */
6901 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
6906 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
6907 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
6910 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**blp
)
6912 gdb_assert ((*blp
)->refc
> 0);
6914 if (--(*blp
)->refc
== 0)
6915 free_bp_location (*blp
);
6919 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
6922 add_to_breakpoint_chain (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6924 struct breakpoint
*b1
;
6926 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
6927 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
6929 b1
= breakpoint_chain
;
6931 breakpoint_chain
= b
;
6940 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
6943 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6944 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6946 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
6948 memset (b
, 0, sizeof (*b
));
6950 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
6954 b
->gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
6955 b
->language
= current_language
->la_language
;
6956 b
->input_radix
= input_radix
;
6958 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
6961 b
->ignore_count
= 0;
6963 b
->frame_id
= null_frame_id
;
6964 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
6965 b
->py_bp_object
= NULL
;
6966 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
6969 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
6970 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
6972 static struct breakpoint
*
6973 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6975 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
6977 struct breakpoint
*b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
6979 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
6980 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
6984 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
6985 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
6989 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location
*loc
, int explicit_loc
)
6991 gdb_assert (loc
->owner
!= NULL
);
6993 if (loc
->owner
->type
== bp_breakpoint
6994 || loc
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
6995 || is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
6998 const char *function_name
;
6999 CORE_ADDR func_addr
;
7001 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc
->address
, &function_name
,
7002 &func_addr
, NULL
, &is_gnu_ifunc
);
7004 if (is_gnu_ifunc
&& !explicit_loc
)
7006 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7008 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
);
7009 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (function_name
,
7010 &loc
->requested_address
))
7012 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
7013 loc
->address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc
->gdbarch
,
7014 loc
->requested_address
,
7017 else if (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& b
->loc
== loc
7018 && loc
->next
== NULL
&& b
->related_breakpoint
== b
)
7020 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
7021 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
7022 b
->type
= bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
;
7023 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
7025 loc
->related_address
= func_addr
;
7030 loc
->function_name
= xstrdup (function_name
);
7034 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
7036 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
7039 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.section
->objfile
);
7041 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.symtab
->objfile
);
7046 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
7047 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
7048 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
7050 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7051 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7052 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
7055 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7056 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7057 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7059 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
7061 add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
7063 if (bptype
!= bp_catchpoint
)
7064 gdb_assert (sal
.pspace
!= NULL
);
7066 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
7067 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
7069 if (bptype
!= bp_breakpoint
&& bptype
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7070 b
->pspace
= sal
.pspace
;
7073 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
7074 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
7075 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
7076 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
7077 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
7078 is also returned as the value of this function.
7080 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7081 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7082 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
7083 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
7084 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
7085 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
7086 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
7089 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7090 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7091 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7093 struct breakpoint
*b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
7095 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bptype
, ops
);
7096 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
7101 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
7102 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
7104 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7106 struct bp_location
*bl
;
7108 b
->enable_state
= bp_permanent
;
7110 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
7111 code. Mark all locations as inserted. For now,
7112 make_breakpoint_permanent is called in just one place, so it's
7113 hard to say if it's reasonable to have permanent breakpoint with
7114 multiple locations or not, but it's easy to implement. */
7115 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
7119 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7120 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7121 initiated the operation. */
7124 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info
*tp
, struct frame_id frame
)
7126 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7127 int thread
= tp
->num
;
7129 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7130 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7131 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7132 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7133 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7134 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7135 && (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
7136 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
))
7138 enum bptype type
= b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
? bp_longjmp
: bp_exception
;
7139 struct breakpoint
*clone
;
7141 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7142 after their removal. */
7143 clone
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, type
,
7144 &longjmp_breakpoint_ops
);
7145 clone
->thread
= thread
;
7148 tp
->initiating_frame
= frame
;
7151 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7153 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread
)
7155 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7157 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7158 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7160 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7161 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7166 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread
)
7168 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7170 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7171 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7173 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7174 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7178 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7179 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7180 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7184 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7186 struct breakpoint
*b
, *retval
= NULL
;
7189 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
&& b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
)
7191 struct breakpoint
*new_b
;
7193 new_b
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_longjmp_call_dummy
,
7194 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
7195 new_b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
7197 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7199 gdb_assert (new_b
->related_breakpoint
== new_b
);
7202 new_b
->related_breakpoint
= retval
;
7203 while (retval
->related_breakpoint
!= new_b
->related_breakpoint
)
7204 retval
= retval
->related_breakpoint
;
7205 retval
->related_breakpoint
= new_b
;
7211 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7212 THREAD. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7215 You should call this function only at places where it is safe to currently
7216 unwind the whole stack. Failed stack unwind would discard live dummy
7220 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (int thread
)
7222 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7224 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7225 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
&& b
->thread
== thread
)
7227 struct breakpoint
*dummy_b
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
7229 while (dummy_b
!= b
&& dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
)
7230 dummy_b
= dummy_b
->related_breakpoint
;
7231 if (dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
7232 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b
->frame_id
) != NULL
)
7235 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b
->frame_id
);
7237 while (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
7239 if (b_tmp
== b
->related_breakpoint
)
7240 b_tmp
= b
->related_breakpoint
->next
;
7241 delete_breakpoint (b
->related_breakpoint
);
7243 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7248 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7250 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7253 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7255 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7256 update_global_location_list (1);
7257 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
7262 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7264 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7267 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7269 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
7270 update_global_location_list (0);
7271 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
7275 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7276 master breakpoint. */
7278 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7280 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7282 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7283 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7284 && b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
)
7286 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_std_terminate
,
7287 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
7291 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7293 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7295 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7297 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7298 if (b
->type
== bp_std_terminate
)
7299 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7303 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7305 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7307 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_thread_event
,
7308 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7310 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7311 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7313 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
));
7315 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7321 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
7323 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7325 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7326 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
7327 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7328 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7331 struct lang_and_radix
7337 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7340 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7342 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7344 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_jit_event
,
7345 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7346 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7350 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7353 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7355 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7357 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7358 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7359 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7360 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7364 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7366 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7368 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7369 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7370 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7371 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7375 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7377 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7379 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_shlib_event
,
7380 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7381 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7385 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7386 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7389 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7391 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7393 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7395 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7396 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7398 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7399 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7400 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7401 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7402 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7403 if (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
7404 || (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
7405 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7406 || (is_tracepoint (b
)))
7407 && loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
7408 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7409 && solib_name_from_address (loc
->pspace
, loc
->address
)
7412 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7417 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in an unloaded shared
7418 library. Only apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay
7422 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list
*solib
)
7424 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7425 int disabled_shlib_breaks
= 0;
7427 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
7428 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
7429 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
7430 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
7431 if (exec_bfd
!= NULL
7432 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd
) == bfd_target_aout_flavour
)
7435 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7437 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7438 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7440 if (solib
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
7441 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7442 && (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7443 || b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7444 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7445 && (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7446 || loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
))
7447 || is_tracepoint (b
))
7448 && solib_contains_address_p (solib
, loc
->address
))
7450 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7451 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7452 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7453 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7456 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7457 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
7459 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks
)
7461 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
7462 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7463 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7466 disabled_shlib_breaks
= 1;
7471 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
7473 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
7474 catchpoint. It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base
7475 class; users downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A
7476 breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7477 CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7479 struct fork_catchpoint
7481 /* The base class. */
7482 struct breakpoint base
;
7484 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
7485 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
7486 catchpoint has triggered. */
7487 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid
;
7490 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7494 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7496 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
7499 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7503 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7505 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
7508 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7512 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7513 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
7514 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7516 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7518 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED
)
7521 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
7525 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7528 static enum print_stop_action
7529 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs
)
7531 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7532 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7533 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7535 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7536 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7537 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7539 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
7540 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7542 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
7543 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK
));
7544 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7546 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
7547 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (forked process ");
7548 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
7549 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
7550 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7553 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7557 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
7559 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7560 struct value_print_options opts
;
7561 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7563 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7565 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7566 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7568 if (opts
.addressprint
)
7569 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
7571 ui_out_text (uiout
, "fork");
7572 if (!ptid_equal (c
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
7574 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
7575 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
7576 ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
7577 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
7580 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7581 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "fork");
7584 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7588 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7590 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b
->number
);
7593 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7597 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
7599 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch fork");
7600 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
7603 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
7605 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
7607 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7611 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7613 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
7616 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7620 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7622 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
7625 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7629 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7630 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
7631 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7633 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7635 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED
)
7638 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
7642 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7645 static enum print_stop_action
7646 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs
)
7648 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7649 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7650 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7652 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7653 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7654 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7656 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
7657 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7659 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
7660 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK
));
7661 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7663 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
7664 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (vforked process ");
7665 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
7666 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
7667 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7670 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7674 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
7676 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7677 struct value_print_options opts
;
7678 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7680 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7681 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7682 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7684 if (opts
.addressprint
)
7685 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
7687 ui_out_text (uiout
, "vfork");
7688 if (!ptid_equal (c
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
7690 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
7691 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
7692 ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
7693 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
7696 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7697 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "vfork");
7700 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7704 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7706 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b
->number
);
7709 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7713 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
7715 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch vfork");
7716 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
7719 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
7721 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
7723 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
7724 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
7725 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
7726 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7727 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7729 struct solib_catchpoint
7731 /* The base class. */
7732 struct breakpoint base
;
7734 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
7735 unsigned char is_load
;
7737 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
7738 REGEX is non-NULL. */
7744 dtor_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7746 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
7749 regfree (&self
->compiled
);
7750 xfree (self
->regex
);
7752 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
7756 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
)
7762 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
)
7768 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7769 struct address_space
*aspace
,
7771 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7773 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7774 struct breakpoint
*other
;
7776 if (ws
->kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
7779 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other
)
7781 struct bp_location
*other_bl
;
7783 if (other
== bl
->owner
)
7786 if (other
->type
!= bp_shlib_event
)
7789 if (self
->base
.pspace
!= NULL
&& other
->pspace
!= self
->base
.pspace
)
7792 for (other_bl
= other
->loc
; other_bl
!= NULL
; other_bl
= other_bl
->next
)
7794 if (other
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (other_bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
7803 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats
*bs
)
7805 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
7806 = (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7811 struct so_list
*iter
;
7814 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
,
7819 || regexec (&self
->compiled
, iter
->so_name
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
7828 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
,
7833 || regexec (&self
->compiled
, iter
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
7839 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
7842 static enum print_stop_action
7843 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs
)
7845 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7846 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7848 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7849 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7850 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7852 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
7853 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
7854 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
7855 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7856 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7857 print_solib_event (1);
7858 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7862 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**locs
)
7864 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
7865 struct value_print_options opts
;
7866 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7869 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7870 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7871 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7873 if (opts
.addressprint
)
7876 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
7883 msg
= xstrprintf (_("load of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
7885 msg
= xstrdup (_("load of library"));
7890 msg
= xstrprintf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
7892 msg
= xstrdup (_("unload of library"));
7894 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", msg
);
7897 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7898 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type",
7899 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
7903 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7905 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
7907 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b
->number
,
7908 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
7912 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
7914 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
7916 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "%s %s",
7917 b
->disposition
== disp_del
? "tcatch" : "catch",
7918 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
7920 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", self
->regex
);
7921 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
7924 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
7926 /* Shared helper function (MI and CLI) for creating and installing
7927 a shared object event catchpoint. If IS_LOAD is non-zero then
7928 the events to be caught are load events, otherwise they are
7929 unload events. If IS_TEMP is non-zero the catchpoint is a
7930 temporary one. If ENABLED is non-zero the catchpoint is
7931 created in an enabled state. */
7934 add_solib_catchpoint (char *arg
, int is_load
, int is_temp
, int enabled
)
7936 struct solib_catchpoint
*c
;
7937 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
7938 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
7942 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
7944 c
= XCNEW (struct solib_catchpoint
);
7945 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, c
);
7951 errcode
= regcomp (&c
->compiled
, arg
, REG_NOSUB
);
7954 char *err
= get_regcomp_error (errcode
, &c
->compiled
);
7956 make_cleanup (xfree
, err
);
7957 error (_("Invalid regexp (%s): %s"), err
, arg
);
7959 c
->regex
= xstrdup (arg
);
7962 c
->is_load
= is_load
;
7963 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, is_temp
, NULL
,
7964 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
);
7966 c
->base
.enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
7968 discard_cleanups (cleanup
);
7969 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
7972 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
7976 catch_load_or_unload (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int is_load
,
7977 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
7980 const int enabled
= 1;
7982 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
7984 add_solib_catchpoint (arg
, is_load
, tempflag
, enabled
);
7988 catch_load_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
7989 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
7991 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 1, command
);
7995 catch_unload_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
7996 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
7998 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 0, command
);
8001 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a syscall catchpoint.
8002 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8003 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8004 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8005 CATCH_SYSCALL_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8007 struct syscall_catchpoint
8009 /* The base class. */
8010 struct breakpoint base
;
8012 /* Syscall numbers used for the 'catch syscall' feature. If no
8013 syscall has been specified for filtering, its value is NULL.
8014 Otherwise, it holds a list of all syscalls to be caught. The
8015 list elements are allocated with xmalloc. */
8016 VEC(int) *syscalls_to_be_caught
;
8019 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8023 dtor_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8025 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
8027 VEC_free (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
);
8029 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
8032 static const struct inferior_data
*catch_syscall_inferior_data
= NULL
;
8034 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
8036 /* We keep a count of the number of times the user has requested a
8037 particular syscall to be tracked, and pass this information to the
8038 target. This lets capable targets implement filtering directly. */
8040 /* Number of times that "any" syscall is requested. */
8041 int any_syscall_count
;
8043 /* Count of each system call. */
8044 VEC(int) *syscalls_counts
;
8046 /* This counts all syscall catch requests, so we can readily determine
8047 if any catching is necessary. */
8048 int total_syscalls_count
;
8051 static struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*
8052 get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (struct inferior
*inf
)
8054 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
;
8056 inf_data
= inferior_data (inf
, catch_syscall_inferior_data
);
8057 if (inf_data
== NULL
)
8059 inf_data
= XZALLOC (struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
);
8060 set_inferior_data (inf
, catch_syscall_inferior_data
, inf_data
);
8067 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup (struct inferior
*inf
, void *arg
)
8073 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8077 insert_catch_syscall (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8079 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8080 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
8081 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
8082 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf
);
8084 ++inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
;
8085 if (!c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8086 ++inf_data
->any_syscall_count
;
8092 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8097 if (iter
>= VEC_length (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
))
8099 int old_size
= VEC_length (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
);
8100 uintptr_t vec_addr_offset
8101 = old_size
* ((uintptr_t) sizeof (int));
8103 VEC_safe_grow (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
+ 1);
8104 vec_addr
= ((uintptr_t) VEC_address (int,
8105 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
)
8107 memset ((void *) vec_addr
, 0,
8108 (iter
+ 1 - old_size
) * sizeof (int));
8110 elem
= VEC_index (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
);
8111 VEC_replace (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
, ++elem
);
8115 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
),
8116 inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0,
8117 inf_data
->any_syscall_count
,
8119 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
),
8121 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
));
8124 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8128 remove_catch_syscall (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8130 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8131 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
8132 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
8133 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf
);
8135 --inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
;
8136 if (!c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8137 --inf_data
->any_syscall_count
;
8143 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8147 if (iter
>= VEC_length (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
))
8148 /* Shouldn't happen. */
8150 elem
= VEC_index (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
);
8151 VEC_replace (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
, --elem
);
8155 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
),
8156 inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0,
8157 inf_data
->any_syscall_count
,
8159 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
),
8161 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
));
8164 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8168 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8169 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8170 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8172 /* We must check if we are catching specific syscalls in this
8173 breakpoint. If we are, then we must guarantee that the called
8174 syscall is the same syscall we are catching. */
8175 int syscall_number
= 0;
8176 const struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
8177 = (const struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8179 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8180 && ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN
)
8183 syscall_number
= ws
->value
.syscall_number
;
8185 /* Now, checking if the syscall is the same. */
8186 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8191 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8193 if (syscall_number
== iter
)
8203 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8206 static enum print_stop_action
8207 print_it_catch_syscall (bpstat bs
)
8209 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8210 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8211 /* These are needed because we want to know in which state a
8212 syscall is. It can be in the TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8213 or TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN, and depending on it we
8214 must print "called syscall" or "returned from syscall". */
8216 struct target_waitstatus last
;
8219 get_last_target_status (&ptid
, &last
);
8221 get_syscall_by_number (last
.value
.syscall_number
, &s
);
8223 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8225 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8226 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8228 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
8229 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8231 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
8232 async_reason_lookup (last
.kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8233 ? EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8234 : EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_RETURN
));
8235 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8237 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8239 if (last
.kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
)
8240 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (call to syscall ");
8242 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (returned from syscall ");
8244 if (s
.name
== NULL
|| ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8245 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "syscall-number", last
.value
.syscall_number
);
8247 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "syscall-name", s
.name
);
8249 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
8251 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8254 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8258 print_one_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8259 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8261 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
8262 struct value_print_options opts
;
8263 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8265 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8266 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8267 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8269 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8270 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8273 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
8274 && VEC_length (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
) > 1)
8275 ui_out_text (uiout
, "syscalls \"");
8277 ui_out_text (uiout
, "syscall \"");
8279 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8282 char *text
= xstrprintf ("%s", "");
8285 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8290 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
8293 text
= xstrprintf ("%s%s, ", text
, s
.name
);
8295 text
= xstrprintf ("%s%d, ", text
, iter
);
8297 /* We have to xfree the last 'text' (now stored at 'x')
8298 because xstrprintf dynamically allocates new space for it
8302 /* Remove the last comma. */
8303 text
[strlen (text
) - 2] = '\0';
8304 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", text
);
8307 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "<any syscall>");
8308 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\" ");
8310 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8311 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "syscall");
8314 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8318 print_mention_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8320 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
8322 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8326 if (VEC_length (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
) > 1)
8327 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscalls"), b
->number
);
8329 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscall"), b
->number
);
8332 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8336 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
8339 printf_filtered (" '%s' [%d]", s
.name
, s
.number
);
8341 printf_filtered (" %d", s
.number
);
8343 printf_filtered (")");
8346 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (any syscall)"),
8350 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8354 print_recreate_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8356 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
8358 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch syscall");
8360 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8365 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8370 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
8372 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", s
.name
);
8374 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %d", s
.number
);
8377 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8380 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in syscall catchpoints. */
8382 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
;
8384 /* Returns non-zero if 'b' is a syscall catchpoint. */
8387 syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8389 return (b
->ops
== &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
);
8392 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
8393 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
8394 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
8395 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
8398 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8399 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, int tempflag
,
8401 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8403 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8406 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
8408 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_catchpoint
, ops
);
8410 b
->cond_string
= (cond_string
== NULL
) ? NULL
: xstrdup (cond_string
);
8411 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
8415 install_breakpoint (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
, int update_gll
)
8417 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
8418 set_breakpoint_number (internal
, b
);
8419 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
8420 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
8423 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
8426 update_global_location_list (1);
8430 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8431 int tempflag
, char *cond_string
,
8432 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8434 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= XNEW (struct fork_catchpoint
);
8436 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
, ops
);
8438 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= null_ptid
;
8440 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
8443 /* Exec catchpoints. */
8445 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
8446 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8447 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8448 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8449 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8451 struct exec_catchpoint
8453 /* The base class. */
8454 struct breakpoint base
;
8456 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
8457 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
8459 char *exec_pathname
;
8462 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8466 dtor_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8468 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8470 xfree (c
->exec_pathname
);
8472 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
8476 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8478 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
8482 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8484 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
8488 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8489 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8490 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8492 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8494 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD
)
8497 c
->exec_pathname
= xstrdup (ws
->value
.execd_pathname
);
8501 static enum print_stop_action
8502 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs
)
8504 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8505 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8506 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8508 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8509 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8510 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8512 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
8513 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8515 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
8516 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC
));
8517 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8519 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8520 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (exec'd ");
8521 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "new-exec", c
->exec_pathname
);
8522 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
8524 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8528 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8530 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8531 struct value_print_options opts
;
8532 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8534 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8536 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
8537 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
8538 is relatively readable). */
8539 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8540 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8542 ui_out_text (uiout
, "exec");
8543 if (c
->exec_pathname
!= NULL
)
8545 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", program \"");
8546 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", c
->exec_pathname
);
8547 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\" ");
8550 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8551 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "exec");
8555 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8557 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b
->number
);
8560 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8564 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8566 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch exec");
8567 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8570 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
8573 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (int tempflag
, VEC(int) *filter
,
8574 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8576 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
;
8577 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
8579 c
= XNEW (struct syscall_catchpoint
);
8580 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, NULL
, ops
);
8581 c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
= filter
;
8583 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
8587 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
8590 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8591 struct bp_location
*bl
;
8595 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
&& breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8596 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
8598 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
8600 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8607 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
8611 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8614 struct bp_location
*bl
;
8616 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8619 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
8621 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
8623 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8629 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
8630 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
8631 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
8632 types _not_ TYPE. */
8635 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
8636 enum bptype type
, int *other_type_used
)
8639 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8641 *other_type_used
= 0;
8646 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8649 if (b
->type
== type
)
8650 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (b
);
8651 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
8652 *other_type_used
= 1;
8659 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
8661 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8665 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8667 b
->enable_state
= bp_call_disabled
;
8668 update_global_location_list (0);
8674 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
8676 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8680 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
8682 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8683 update_global_location_list (1);
8689 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
8691 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 1;
8692 update_global_location_list (0);
8696 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
8698 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 0;
8699 breakpoint_re_set ();
8703 /* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command
8704 at address specified by SAL.
8705 Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero. */
8708 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, struct symtab_and_line sal
,
8709 struct frame_id frame_id
, enum bptype type
)
8711 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8713 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or
8715 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id
));
8717 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
8718 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8719 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8720 b
->frame_id
= frame_id
;
8722 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
8723 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
8725 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
8726 b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
8728 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
8733 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
8734 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, and use OPS as it
8737 static struct breakpoint
*
8738 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
8740 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8742 struct breakpoint
*copy
;
8744 copy
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig
->gdbarch
, type
, ops
);
8745 copy
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (copy
);
8746 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy
->loc
, 1);
8748 copy
->loc
->gdbarch
= orig
->loc
->gdbarch
;
8749 copy
->loc
->requested_address
= orig
->loc
->requested_address
;
8750 copy
->loc
->address
= orig
->loc
->address
;
8751 copy
->loc
->section
= orig
->loc
->section
;
8752 copy
->loc
->pspace
= orig
->loc
->pspace
;
8753 copy
->loc
->probe
= orig
->loc
->probe
;
8754 copy
->loc
->line_number
= orig
->loc
->line_number
;
8755 copy
->loc
->symtab
= orig
->loc
->symtab
;
8756 copy
->frame_id
= orig
->frame_id
;
8757 copy
->thread
= orig
->thread
;
8758 copy
->pspace
= orig
->pspace
;
8760 copy
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8761 copy
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8762 copy
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
8764 update_global_location_list_nothrow (0);
8768 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
8772 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*orig
)
8774 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
8778 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig
, orig
->type
, orig
->ops
);
8782 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
8785 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8787 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
8789 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
8790 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
8792 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, null_frame_id
, type
);
8796 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
8799 mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8801 b
->ops
->print_mention (b
);
8802 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
8804 printf_filtered ("\n");
8808 static struct bp_location
*
8809 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8810 const struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
8812 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
8813 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address
;
8814 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
8816 if (loc_gdbarch
== NULL
)
8817 loc_gdbarch
= b
->gdbarch
;
8819 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
8820 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
8821 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
8822 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
8823 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
8824 location that's only been partially initialized. */
8825 adjusted_address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch
,
8828 /* Sort the locations by their ADDRESS. */
8829 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
8830 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
&& (*tmp
)->address
<= adjusted_address
;
8831 tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
8836 loc
->requested_address
= sal
->pc
;
8837 loc
->address
= adjusted_address
;
8838 loc
->pspace
= sal
->pspace
;
8839 loc
->probe
= sal
->probe
;
8840 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
!= NULL
);
8841 loc
->section
= sal
->section
;
8842 loc
->gdbarch
= loc_gdbarch
;
8843 loc
->line_number
= sal
->line
;
8844 loc
->symtab
= sal
->symtab
;
8846 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc
,
8847 sal
->explicit_pc
|| sal
->explicit_line
);
8852 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
8853 return 0 otherwise. */
8856 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
)
8860 const gdb_byte
*bpoint
;
8861 gdb_byte
*target_mem
;
8862 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
8865 gdb_assert (loc
!= NULL
);
8867 addr
= loc
->address
;
8868 bpoint
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (loc
->gdbarch
, &addr
, &len
);
8870 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
8874 target_mem
= alloca (len
);
8876 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
8877 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
8878 breakpoints they are permanent. */
8879 cleanup
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
8881 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc
->pspace
);
8882 make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
8884 if (target_read_memory (loc
->address
, target_mem
, len
) == 0
8885 && memcmp (target_mem
, bpoint
, len
) == 0)
8888 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
8893 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
8894 settings of the dprintf style options. */
8897 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8899 char *dprintf_args
= b
->extra_string
;
8900 char *printf_line
= NULL
;
8905 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
8907 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
8909 if (*dprintf_args
== ',')
8911 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
8913 if (*dprintf_args
!= '"')
8914 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
8916 if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_gdb
) == 0)
8917 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
8918 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_call
) == 0)
8920 if (!dprintf_function
)
8921 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
8923 if (dprintf_channel
&& strlen (dprintf_channel
) > 0)
8924 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
8929 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
8933 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_agent
) == 0)
8935 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
8936 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args
);
8939 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
8940 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
8944 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
8945 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
8947 gdb_assert (printf_line
!= NULL
);
8948 /* Manufacture a printf sequence. */
8950 struct command_line
*printf_cmd_line
8951 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line
));
8953 printf_cmd_line
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line
));
8954 printf_cmd_line
->control_type
= simple_control
;
8955 printf_cmd_line
->body_count
= 0;
8956 printf_cmd_line
->body_list
= NULL
;
8957 printf_cmd_line
->next
= NULL
;
8958 printf_cmd_line
->line
= printf_line
;
8960 breakpoint_set_commands (b
, printf_cmd_line
);
8964 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
8965 current style settings. */
8968 update_dprintf_commands (char *args
, int from_tty
,
8969 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
8971 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8975 if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
8976 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
8980 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
8981 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
8982 as condition expression. */
8985 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8986 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, char *addr_string
,
8987 char *filter
, char *cond_string
,
8989 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
8990 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
8991 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
8992 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
8993 int display_canonical
)
8997 if (type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
8999 int target_resources_ok
;
9001 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9002 target_resources_ok
=
9003 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
9005 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
9006 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
9007 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
9008 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9011 gdb_assert (sals
.nelts
> 0);
9013 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
9015 struct symtab_and_line sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
9016 struct bp_location
*loc
;
9020 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
9022 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
9024 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
9025 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, thread
);
9030 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
9034 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
9035 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
9036 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
9037 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
9038 b
->disposition
= disposition
;
9040 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
9041 b
->loc
->inserted
= 1;
9043 if (type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
9045 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
9046 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
9048 if (strace_marker_p (b
))
9050 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
9051 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
9052 char *p
= &addr_string
[3];
9056 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
9058 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
9060 marker_str
= savestring (p
, endp
- p
);
9061 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= marker_str
;
9063 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9065 t
->static_trace_marker_id
);
9067 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal
.pc
, &marker
))
9069 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
.str_id
);
9070 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker
);
9072 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9074 t
->static_trace_marker_id
);
9077 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
9078 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
9085 loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
9086 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
9090 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc
))
9091 make_breakpoint_permanent (b
);
9095 const char *arg
= b
->cond_string
;
9097 loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
9098 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
9100 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), arg
);
9103 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
9104 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
9105 if (type
== bp_dprintf
)
9107 if (b
->extra_string
)
9108 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
9110 error (_("Format string required"));
9112 else if (b
->extra_string
)
9113 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b
->extra_string
);
9116 b
->display_canonical
= display_canonical
;
9118 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
;
9120 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
9123 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
));
9128 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9129 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, char *addr_string
,
9130 char *filter
, char *cond_string
,
9132 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9133 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9134 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9135 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
9136 int display_canonical
)
9138 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9139 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9141 if (is_tracepoint_type (type
))
9143 struct tracepoint
*t
;
9145 t
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
9149 b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
9151 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, b
);
9153 init_breakpoint_sal (b
, gdbarch
,
9155 filter
, cond_string
, extra_string
,
9157 thread
, task
, ignore_count
,
9159 enabled
, internal
, flags
,
9161 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
9163 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 0);
9166 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
9167 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
9168 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
9169 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
9170 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
9171 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
9172 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
9173 we take just a single condition string.
9175 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
9176 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
9177 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
9178 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
9179 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
9182 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9183 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
9184 char *cond_string
, char *extra_string
,
9185 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9186 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9187 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9188 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
)
9191 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
9193 if (canonical
->pre_expanded
)
9194 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
) == 1);
9196 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, i
, lsal
); ++i
)
9198 /* Note that 'addr_string' can be NULL in the case of a plain
9199 'break', without arguments. */
9200 char *addr_string
= (canonical
->addr_string
9201 ? xstrdup (canonical
->addr_string
)
9203 char *filter_string
= lsal
->canonical
? xstrdup (lsal
->canonical
) : NULL
;
9204 struct cleanup
*inner
= make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string
);
9206 make_cleanup (xfree
, filter_string
);
9207 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch
, lsal
->sals
,
9210 cond_string
, extra_string
,
9212 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
9213 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
9214 canonical
->special_display
);
9215 discard_cleanups (inner
);
9219 /* Parse ADDRESS which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
9220 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
9221 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
9222 address strings. ADDRESS points to the end of the SAL.
9224 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
9225 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
9228 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address
,
9229 struct linespec_result
*canonical
)
9231 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
9233 if ((*address
) == NULL
9234 || (strncmp ((*address
), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address
)[2])))
9236 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default breakpoint
9238 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9240 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
9241 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
9244 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
9245 lsal
.sals
.sals
= (struct symtab_and_line
*)
9246 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
9248 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
9249 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.
9250 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0
9251 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise.
9252 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */
9253 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal
);
9255 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
9257 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
9258 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
9259 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
9260 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
9261 instances with the same symtab and line. */
9263 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
9265 lsal
.sals
.sals
[0] = sal
;
9266 lsal
.sals
.nelts
= 1;
9267 lsal
.canonical
= NULL
;
9269 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
9272 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
9276 struct symtab_and_line cursal
= get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
9278 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
9279 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
9280 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
9281 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
9283 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
9284 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
9285 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ()
9287 || ((strchr ("+-", (*address
)[0]) != NULL
)
9288 && ((*address
)[1] != '['))))
9289 decode_line_full (address
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
9290 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9291 get_last_displayed_line (),
9292 canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9294 decode_line_full (address
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
9295 cursal
.symtab
, cursal
.line
, canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9300 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
9301 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
9304 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
9308 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
9309 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
->sals
[i
]);
9312 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
9313 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
9314 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
9315 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
9316 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
9320 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9321 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
9324 struct symtab_and_line
*sal
;
9326 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9328 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
9330 struct gdbarch
*sarch
;
9332 sal
= &sals
->sals
[i
];
9334 sarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
9335 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
9336 associated with SAL. */
9339 rslt
= gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch
, sal
->pc
,
9341 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, msg
);
9344 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"),
9345 paddress (sarch
, sal
->pc
), (msg
? msg
: ""));
9347 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9351 /* Issue an invalid thread ID error. */
9353 static void ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN
9354 invalid_thread_id_error (int id
)
9356 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), id
);
9359 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
9360 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
9361 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
9362 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
9363 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
9364 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
9367 find_condition_and_thread (const char *tok
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
9368 char **cond_string
, int *thread
, int *task
,
9371 *cond_string
= NULL
;
9378 const char *end_tok
;
9380 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
9381 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
9383 tok
= skip_spaces_const (tok
);
9385 if ((*tok
== '"' || *tok
== ',') && rest
)
9387 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9391 end_tok
= skip_to_space_const (tok
);
9393 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
9395 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
9397 struct expression
*expr
;
9399 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
9400 expr
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, pc
, block_for_pc (pc
), 0);
9403 *cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
9405 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "thread", toklen
) == 0)
9410 *thread
= strtol (tok
, &tmptok
, 0);
9412 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
9413 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread
))
9414 invalid_thread_id_error (*thread
);
9417 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "task", toklen
) == 0)
9422 *task
= strtol (tok
, &tmptok
, 0);
9424 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
9425 if (!valid_task_id (*task
))
9426 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task
);
9431 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9435 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9439 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
9441 static struct symtabs_and_lines
9442 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (char **arg_p
)
9444 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p
) *markers
= NULL
;
9445 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
9446 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9447 char *p
= &(*arg_p
)[3];
9452 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
9454 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
9456 marker_str
= savestring (p
, endp
- p
);
9457 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, marker_str
);
9459 markers
= target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str
);
9460 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
))
9461 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str
);
9463 sals
.nelts
= VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
);
9464 sals
.sals
= xmalloc (sizeof *sals
.sals
* sals
.nelts
);
9466 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
9468 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*marker
;
9470 marker
= VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
, i
);
9472 init_sal (&sals
.sals
[i
]);
9474 sals
.sals
[i
] = find_pc_line (marker
->address
, 0);
9475 sals
.sals
[i
].pc
= marker
->address
;
9477 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker
);
9480 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9486 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between CLI and MI
9487 functions for setting a breakpoint. This function has two major
9488 modes of operations, selected by the PARSE_ARG parameter. If
9489 non-zero, the function will parse ARG, extracting location,
9490 condition, thread and extra string. Otherwise, ARG is just the
9491 breakpoint's location, with condition, thread, and extra string
9492 specified by the COND_STRING, THREAD and EXTRA_STRING parameters.
9493 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be allocated
9494 from the internal breakpoint count. Returns true if any breakpoint
9495 was created; false otherwise. */
9498 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9499 char *arg
, char *cond_string
,
9500 int thread
, char *extra_string
,
9502 int tempflag
, enum bptype type_wanted
,
9504 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
,
9505 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
9506 int from_tty
, int enabled
, int internal
,
9509 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
9510 char *copy_arg
= NULL
;
9511 char *addr_start
= arg
;
9512 struct linespec_result canonical
;
9513 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9514 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
= NULL
;
9517 int prev_bkpt_count
= breakpoint_count
;
9519 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
9521 init_linespec_result (&canonical
);
9523 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
9525 ops
->create_sals_from_address (&arg
, &canonical
, type_wanted
,
9526 addr_start
, ©_arg
);
9529 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
9533 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
))
9539 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR
:
9541 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
9544 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE
)
9545 throw_exception (e
);
9547 exception_print (gdb_stderr
, e
);
9549 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
9550 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
9551 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
9552 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
9553 bptype_string (type_wanted
)))
9556 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
9557 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
9558 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
9559 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
9561 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
9563 copy_arg
= xstrdup (addr_start
);
9564 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (copy_arg
);
9565 lsal
.sals
.nelts
= 1;
9566 lsal
.sals
.sals
= XNEW (struct symtab_and_line
);
9567 init_sal (&lsal
.sals
.sals
[0]);
9569 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, &lsal
);
9573 throw_exception (e
);
9577 throw_exception (e
);
9580 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
9581 old_chain
= make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical
);
9583 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
9584 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
9585 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
9586 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
9587 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, 0);
9589 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
9590 are ok for the target. */
9594 struct linespec_sals
*iter
;
9596 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, ix
, iter
); ++ix
)
9597 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&iter
->sals
);
9600 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
9601 if (!pending
&& type_wanted
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
9604 struct linespec_sals
*iter
;
9606 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, ix
, iter
); ++ix
)
9607 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch
, &iter
->sals
);
9610 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
9611 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
9615 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
9617 lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, 0);
9622 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
9623 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
9624 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
9625 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
9627 find_condition_and_thread (arg
, lsal
->sals
.sals
[0].pc
, &cond_string
,
9628 &thread
, &task
, &rest
);
9630 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
9632 make_cleanup (xfree
, rest
);
9634 extra_string
= rest
;
9639 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of location"), arg
);
9641 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9644 cond_string
= xstrdup (cond_string
);
9645 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
9647 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9650 extra_string
= xstrdup (extra_string
);
9651 make_cleanup (xfree
, extra_string
);
9655 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, &canonical
, lsal
,
9656 cond_string
, extra_string
, type_wanted
,
9657 tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
,
9658 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
9659 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
);
9663 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9665 make_cleanup (xfree
, copy_arg
);
9667 if (is_tracepoint_type (type_wanted
))
9669 struct tracepoint
*t
;
9671 t
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
9675 b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
9677 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, type_wanted
, ops
);
9679 b
->addr_string
= copy_arg
;
9681 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
9684 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9687 cond_string
= xstrdup (cond_string
);
9688 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
9690 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
9692 b
->extra_string
= NULL
;
9693 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
9694 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
9695 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 1;
9696 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
9697 if ((type_wanted
!= bp_breakpoint
9698 && type_wanted
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
) || thread
!= -1)
9699 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
9701 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 0);
9704 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) > 1)
9706 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
9707 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
9708 prev_breakpoint_count
= prev_bkpt_count
;
9711 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
9713 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
9714 /* But cleanup everything else. */
9715 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9717 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
9718 update_global_location_list (1);
9723 /* Set a breakpoint.
9724 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
9725 condition, and thread.
9726 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
9727 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
9731 break_command_1 (char *arg
, int flag
, int from_tty
)
9733 int tempflag
= flag
& BP_TEMPFLAG
;
9734 enum bptype type_wanted
= (flag
& BP_HARDWAREFLAG
9735 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
9737 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
9738 const char *arg_cp
= arg
;
9740 /* Matching breakpoints on probes. */
9741 if (arg
&& probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp
) != NULL
)
9742 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
9744 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
9746 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9748 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
9749 tempflag
, type_wanted
,
9750 0 /* Ignore count */,
9751 pending_break_support
,
9759 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
9762 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
9766 if (sal
->pc
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
9768 if (!find_line_pc (sal
->symtab
, sal
->line
, &pc
))
9769 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
9770 sal
->line
, symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal
->symtab
));
9773 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
9774 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
9775 if (sal
->explicit_line
)
9776 skip_prologue_sal (sal
);
9779 if (sal
->section
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
9781 struct blockvector
*bv
;
9785 bv
= blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal
->pc
, 0, &b
, sal
->symtab
);
9788 sym
= block_linkage_function (b
);
9791 fixup_symbol_section (sym
, sal
->symtab
->objfile
);
9792 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sal
->symtab
->objfile
, sym
);
9796 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
9797 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
9798 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
9799 happen in assembly source). */
9801 struct bound_minimal_symbol msym
;
9802 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
9804 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
->pspace
);
9806 msym
= lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal
->pc
);
9808 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym
.objfile
, msym
.minsym
);
9810 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9817 break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9819 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9823 tbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9825 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_TEMPFLAG
, from_tty
);
9829 hbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9831 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_HARDWAREFLAG
, from_tty
);
9835 thbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9837 break_command_1 (arg
, (BP_TEMPFLAG
| BP_HARDWAREFLAG
), from_tty
);
9841 stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9843 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
9844 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
9845 stop at <line>\n"));
9849 stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9853 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
)
9855 else if (*arg
!= '*')
9860 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
9861 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
9862 function/method name. */
9863 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
9865 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
9870 badInput
= (*argptr
!= ':'); /* Not a class::method */
9872 badInput
= isdigit (*arg
); /* a simple line number */
9876 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
9878 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9882 stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9886 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
|| *arg
== '*') /* no line number */
9893 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
9894 it is probably a line number. */
9895 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
9897 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
9902 badInput
= (*argptr
== ':'); /* we have class::method */
9904 badInput
= !isdigit (*arg
); /* not a line number */
9908 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
9910 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9913 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
9914 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
9915 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
9919 dprintf_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9921 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9923 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
9925 0 /* Ignore count */,
9926 pending_break_support
,
9927 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
,
9935 agent_printf_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9937 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
9940 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
9941 ranged breakpoints. */
9944 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
9945 struct address_space
*aspace
,
9947 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
9949 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
9950 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
9953 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
9954 bl
->length
, aspace
, bp_addr
);
9957 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
9958 ranged breakpoints. */
9961 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
9963 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
9966 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
9967 ranged breakpoints. */
9969 static enum print_stop_action
9970 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs
)
9972 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
9973 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
9974 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9976 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
9978 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9979 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
9981 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
9982 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
9983 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary ranged breakpoint ");
9985 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nRanged breakpoint ");
9986 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
9988 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
9989 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
9990 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
9992 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
9993 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
9995 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
9998 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
9999 ranged breakpoints. */
10002 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
10003 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
10005 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10006 struct value_print_options opts
;
10007 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10009 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10010 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
10012 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
10014 if (opts
.addressprint
)
10015 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
10016 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
10017 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
10018 annotate_field (5);
10019 print_breakpoint_location (b
, bl
);
10023 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10024 ranged breakpoints. */
10027 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
10028 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
10030 CORE_ADDR address_start
, address_end
;
10031 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10032 struct ui_file
*stb
= mem_fileopen ();
10033 struct cleanup
*cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb
);
10037 address_start
= bl
->address
;
10038 address_end
= address_start
+ bl
->length
- 1;
10040 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\taddress range: ");
10041 fprintf_unfiltered (stb
, "[%s, %s]",
10042 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_start
),
10043 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_end
));
10044 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "addr", stb
);
10045 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10047 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
10050 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10051 ranged breakpoints. */
10054 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10056 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10057 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10060 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
10062 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10065 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
10066 b
->number
, paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
10067 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
+ bl
->length
- 1));
10070 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10071 ranged breakpoints. */
10074 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10076 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break-range %s, %s", b
->addr_string
,
10077 b
->addr_string_range_end
);
10078 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10081 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
10083 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
10085 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
10086 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
10087 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
10088 last instruction of the given line. */
10091 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
10095 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
10096 find the address of the end of the given location. */
10097 if (sal
.explicit_pc
)
10104 ret
= find_line_pc_range (sal
, &start
, &end
);
10106 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10108 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
10115 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
10118 break_range_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10120 char *arg_start
, *addr_string_start
, *addr_string_end
;
10121 struct linespec_result canonical_start
, canonical_end
;
10122 int bp_count
, can_use_bp
, length
;
10124 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10125 struct symtab_and_line sal_start
, sal_end
;
10126 struct cleanup
*cleanup_bkpt
;
10127 struct linespec_sals
*lsal_start
, *lsal_end
;
10129 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
10130 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
10131 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
10133 bp_count
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
10134 bp_count
+= target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10135 can_use_bp
= target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
10137 if (can_use_bp
< 0)
10138 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
10140 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10141 if (arg
== NULL
|| arg
[0] == '\0')
10142 error(_("No address range specified."));
10144 init_linespec_result (&canonical_start
);
10147 parse_breakpoint_sals (&arg
, &canonical_start
);
10149 cleanup_bkpt
= make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_start
);
10152 error (_("Too few arguments."));
10153 else if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
))
10154 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
10156 lsal_start
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
, 0);
10158 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
) > 1
10159 || lsal_start
->sals
.nelts
!= 1)
10160 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10162 sal_start
= lsal_start
->sals
.sals
[0];
10163 addr_string_start
= savestring (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
10164 make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string_start
);
10166 arg
++; /* Skip the comma. */
10167 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10169 /* Parse the end location. */
10171 init_linespec_result (&canonical_end
);
10174 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
10175 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
10176 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
10177 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
10178 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
10179 decode_line_full (&arg
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
10180 sal_start
.symtab
, sal_start
.line
,
10181 &canonical_end
, NULL
, NULL
);
10183 make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_end
);
10185 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
))
10186 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10188 lsal_end
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
, 0);
10189 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
) > 1
10190 || lsal_end
->sals
.nelts
!= 1)
10191 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10193 sal_end
= lsal_end
->sals
.sals
[0];
10194 addr_string_end
= savestring (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
10195 make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string_end
);
10197 end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end
);
10198 if (sal_start
.pc
> end
)
10199 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
10201 length
= end
- sal_start
.pc
+ 1;
10203 /* Length overflowed. */
10204 error (_("Address range too large."));
10205 else if (length
== 1)
10207 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
10208 the `hbreak' command. */
10209 hbreak_command (addr_string_start
, 1);
10211 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt
);
10216 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
10217 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start
,
10218 bp_hardware_breakpoint
, &ranged_breakpoint_ops
);
10219 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
10220 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
10221 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
10222 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (addr_string_start
);
10223 b
->addr_string_range_end
= xstrdup (addr_string_end
);
10224 b
->loc
->length
= length
;
10226 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt
);
10229 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
10230 update_global_location_list (1);
10233 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
10234 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
10235 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
10239 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression
*exp
)
10241 int i
= exp
->nelts
;
10247 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
10248 operator_length (exp
, i
, &oplenp
, &argsp
);
10251 switch (exp
->elts
[i
].opcode
)
10261 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND
:
10262 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR
:
10263 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND
:
10264 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR
:
10265 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR
:
10267 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL
:
10296 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING
:
10299 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT
:
10300 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT
:
10305 case UNOP_CAST_TYPE
:
10306 case UNOP_REINTERPRET_CAST
:
10307 case UNOP_DYNAMIC_CAST
:
10308 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
10309 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
10310 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
10311 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
10313 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
10314 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
10319 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
10321 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
10322 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
10323 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
10324 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
10326 We also have to check for function symbols because they
10327 are always constant. */
10329 struct symbol
*s
= exp
->elts
[i
+ 2].symbol
;
10331 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_BLOCK
10332 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST
10333 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST_BYTES
)
10338 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
10339 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
10340 then it is not a constant. */
10349 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10352 dtor_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*self
)
10354 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) self
;
10356 xfree (w
->cond_exp
);
10358 xfree (w
->exp_string
);
10359 xfree (w
->exp_string_reparse
);
10360 value_free (w
->val
);
10362 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (self
);
10365 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10368 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10370 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10372 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
10373 variables, or it can be on local variables.
10375 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
10376 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
10377 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
10378 are loaded and unloaded.
10380 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
10381 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
10382 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
10383 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
10384 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
10385 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
10387 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
10388 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
10389 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
10390 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
10392 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
10393 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
10395 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
10396 reevaluated again when enabled. */
10397 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
10400 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10403 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10405 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10406 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10408 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10412 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10415 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10417 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10418 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10420 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10425 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
10426 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
10427 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
10429 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
10430 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10432 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
10433 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
10434 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
10435 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
10436 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
10437 (did not match the data address). */
10438 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
10439 && w
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_no
)
10446 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10448 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
));
10450 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs
);
10453 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10454 hardware watchpoints. */
10457 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10459 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10460 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10462 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
);
10465 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10466 hardware watchpoints. */
10469 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10471 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
10472 return b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
|| b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
10475 static enum print_stop_action
10476 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10478 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
10479 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10480 struct ui_file
*stb
;
10481 enum print_stop_action result
;
10482 struct watchpoint
*w
;
10483 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10485 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
10487 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10488 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10490 stb
= mem_fileopen ();
10491 old_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb
);
10495 case bp_watchpoint
:
10496 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10497 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10498 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10499 ui_out_field_string
10501 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10503 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10504 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
10505 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
);
10506 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
10507 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
10508 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
);
10509 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
10510 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10511 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10512 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10515 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10516 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10517 ui_out_field_string
10519 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10521 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10522 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
10523 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
);
10524 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "value", stb
);
10525 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10526 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10529 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10530 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
10532 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10533 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10534 ui_out_field_string
10536 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10538 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10539 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
10540 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
);
10541 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
10542 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
10547 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10548 ui_out_field_string
10550 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10551 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10552 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
10554 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
);
10555 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
10556 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10557 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10560 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10563 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
10567 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
10571 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10573 struct cleanup
*ui_out_chain
;
10574 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10575 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10579 case bp_watchpoint
:
10580 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Watchpoint ");
10581 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
10583 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10584 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware watchpoint ");
10585 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
10587 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10588 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
10589 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-rwpt");
10591 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10592 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10593 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-awpt");
10596 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10597 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10600 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
10601 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
10602 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", w
->exp_string
);
10603 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
10606 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10610 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10612 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10616 case bp_watchpoint
:
10617 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10618 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
10620 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10621 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
10623 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10624 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
10627 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10628 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
10631 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", w
->exp_string
);
10632 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10635 /* Implement the "explains_signal" breakpoint_ops method for
10638 static enum bpstat_signal_value
10639 explains_signal_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
10641 /* A software watchpoint cannot cause a signal other than
10642 GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP. */
10643 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
10644 return BPSTAT_SIGNAL_NO
;
10646 return BPSTAT_SIGNAL_HIDE
;
10649 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
10651 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10653 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
10654 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10657 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10659 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10661 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
10662 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
10665 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
10666 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10669 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10671 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10673 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
10674 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
10677 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10678 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10681 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10683 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10685 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10688 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10689 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10692 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10697 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10698 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10700 static enum print_stop_action
10701 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10703 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10704 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10706 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10707 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
10711 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10712 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10713 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10714 ui_out_field_string
10716 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10719 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10720 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10721 ui_out_field_string
10723 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10726 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10727 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10728 ui_out_field_string
10730 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10733 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10734 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10738 ui_out_text (uiout
, _("\n\
10739 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
10740 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
10741 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10743 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10744 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10747 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10748 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10751 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
10752 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
10754 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10756 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10757 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
10759 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tmask ");
10760 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "mask", b
->loc
->gdbarch
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10761 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10764 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10765 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10768 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10770 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10771 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10772 struct cleanup
*ui_out_chain
;
10776 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10777 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware watchpoint ");
10778 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
10780 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10781 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
10782 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-rwpt");
10784 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10785 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10786 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-awpt");
10789 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10790 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10793 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
10794 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
10795 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", w
->exp_string
);
10796 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
10799 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10800 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10803 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10805 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10810 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10811 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
10813 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10814 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
10816 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10817 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
10820 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10821 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10824 sprintf_vma (tmp
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10825 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s mask 0x%s", w
->exp_string
, tmp
);
10826 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10829 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
10831 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10833 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
10836 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10838 return b
->ops
== &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10841 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
10842 hw_read: watch read,
10843 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
10845 watch_command_1 (const char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
,
10846 int just_location
, int internal
)
10848 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
10849 struct breakpoint
*b
, *scope_breakpoint
= NULL
;
10850 struct expression
*exp
;
10851 const struct block
*exp_valid_block
= NULL
, *cond_exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
10852 struct value
*val
, *mark
, *result
;
10853 struct frame_info
*frame
;
10854 const char *exp_start
= NULL
;
10855 const char *exp_end
= NULL
;
10856 const char *tok
, *end_tok
;
10858 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
10859 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
10860 enum bptype bp_type
;
10863 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
10864 the hardware watchpoint. */
10866 CORE_ADDR mask
= 0;
10867 struct watchpoint
*w
;
10869 struct cleanup
*back_to
;
10871 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
10872 if (arg
!= NULL
&& arg
[0] != '\0')
10874 const char *value_start
;
10876 exp_end
= arg
+ strlen (arg
);
10878 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
10879 of the arguments string. */
10880 for (tok
= exp_end
- 1; tok
> arg
; tok
--)
10882 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
10883 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
10886 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
10887 This is the value of the parameter. */
10888 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
10890 value_start
= tok
+ 1;
10892 /* Skip whitespace. */
10893 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
10898 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
10899 This is the parameter itself. */
10900 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
10903 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
+ 1;
10905 if (toklen
== 6 && !strncmp (tok
, "thread", 6))
10907 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
10908 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
10909 only in a specific thread. */
10913 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
10915 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
10916 thread
= strtol (value_start
, &endp
, 0);
10918 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
10920 if (*endp
!= ' ' && *endp
!= '\t' && *endp
!= '\0')
10921 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), value_start
);
10923 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
10924 if (!valid_thread_id (thread
))
10925 invalid_thread_id_error (thread
);
10927 else if (toklen
== 4 && !strncmp (tok
, "mask", 4))
10929 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
10930 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
10932 struct value
*mask_value
, *mark
;
10935 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
10937 use_mask
= just_location
= 1;
10939 mark
= value_mark ();
10940 mask_value
= parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start
);
10941 mask
= value_as_address (mask_value
);
10942 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
10945 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
10948 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
10949 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
10956 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. From here on out, everything
10957 is in terms of a newly allocated string instead of the original
10959 innermost_block
= NULL
;
10960 expression
= savestring (arg
, exp_end
- arg
);
10961 back_to
= make_cleanup (xfree
, expression
);
10962 exp_start
= arg
= expression
;
10963 exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0);
10965 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
10966 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
10968 while (exp_end
> exp_start
&& (exp_end
[-1] == ' ' || exp_end
[-1] == '\t'))
10971 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
10972 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp
))
10976 len
= exp_end
- exp_start
;
10977 while (len
> 0 && isspace (exp_start
[len
- 1]))
10979 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len
, exp_start
);
10982 exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
10983 mark
= value_mark ();
10984 fetch_subexp_value (exp
, &pc
, &val
, &result
, NULL
);
10990 exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
10991 val
= value_addr (result
);
10992 release_value (val
);
10993 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
10997 ret
= target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val
),
11000 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
11001 else if (ret
== -2)
11002 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
11005 else if (val
!= NULL
)
11006 release_value (val
);
11008 tok
= skip_spaces_const (arg
);
11009 end_tok
= skip_to_space_const (tok
);
11011 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
11012 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
11014 struct expression
*cond
;
11016 innermost_block
= NULL
;
11017 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
11018 cond
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, 0, 0, 0);
11020 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
11021 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
11022 cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
11028 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
11030 if (accessflag
== hw_read
)
11031 bp_type
= bp_read_watchpoint
;
11032 else if (accessflag
== hw_access
)
11033 bp_type
= bp_access_watchpoint
;
11035 bp_type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
11037 frame
= block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block
);
11039 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
11040 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
11041 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
11042 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
11043 if (exp_valid_block
&& frame
)
11045 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
)))
11048 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
),
11049 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
),
11050 bp_watchpoint_scope
,
11051 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
11053 scope_breakpoint
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
11055 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
11056 scope_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del
;
11058 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
11059 scope_breakpoint
->frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
11061 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
11062 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
11063 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
);
11064 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
11065 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
11066 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->address
11067 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
,
11068 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
,
11069 scope_breakpoint
->type
);
11073 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
11075 w
= XCNEW (struct watchpoint
);
11078 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, NULL
, bp_type
,
11079 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
11081 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, NULL
, bp_type
,
11082 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
11083 b
->thread
= thread
;
11084 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
11085 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
11087 w
->exp_valid_block
= exp_valid_block
;
11088 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= cond_exp_valid_block
;
11091 struct type
*t
= value_type (val
);
11092 CORE_ADDR addr
= value_as_address (val
);
11095 t
= check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t
)));
11096 name
= type_to_string (t
);
11098 w
->exp_string_reparse
= xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name
,
11099 core_addr_to_string (addr
));
11102 w
->exp_string
= xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
11103 (int) (exp_end
- exp_start
), exp_start
);
11105 /* The above expression is in C. */
11106 b
->language
= language_c
;
11109 w
->exp_string
= savestring (exp_start
, exp_end
- exp_start
);
11113 w
->hw_wp_mask
= mask
;
11122 b
->cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
11124 b
->cond_string
= 0;
11128 w
->watchpoint_frame
= get_frame_id (frame
);
11129 w
->watchpoint_thread
= inferior_ptid
;
11133 w
->watchpoint_frame
= null_frame_id
;
11134 w
->watchpoint_thread
= null_ptid
;
11137 if (scope_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
11139 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
11140 need to act on them together. */
11141 b
->related_breakpoint
= scope_breakpoint
;
11142 scope_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
11145 if (!just_location
)
11146 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
11148 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
11150 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
11151 that should be inserted. */
11152 update_watchpoint (w
, 1);
11156 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11157 throw_exception (e
);
11160 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 1);
11161 do_cleanups (back_to
);
11164 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
11165 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
11168 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*v
)
11170 int found_memory_cnt
= 0;
11171 struct value
*head
= v
;
11173 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
11174 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
11177 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
11178 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
11179 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
11180 hardware watchpoint.
11182 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
11183 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
11184 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
11185 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
11186 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
11187 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
11188 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
11189 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
11190 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
11192 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
11193 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
11194 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
11195 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
11196 for (; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
11198 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
)
11200 if (v
!= head
&& value_lazy (v
))
11201 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
11202 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
11203 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
11204 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
11205 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
11209 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
11210 it with hardware watchpoints. */
11211 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
11213 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
11214 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
11215 middle of some value chain. */
11217 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
11218 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
11220 CORE_ADDR vaddr
= value_address (v
);
11224 len
= (target_exact_watchpoints
11225 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype
))?
11226 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
11228 num_regs
= target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr
, len
);
11232 found_memory_cnt
+= num_regs
;
11236 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) != not_lval
11237 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v
) == 0)
11238 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
11239 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_register
)
11240 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
11243 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
11244 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
11245 return found_memory_cnt
;
11249 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11251 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11254 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
11255 calls watch_command_1. */
11258 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
)
11260 int just_location
= 0;
11263 && (check_for_argument (&arg
, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
11264 || check_for_argument (&arg
, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
11266 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11270 watch_command_1 (arg
, accessflag
, from_tty
, just_location
, 0);
11274 watch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11276 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
);
11280 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11282 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11286 rwatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11288 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
);
11292 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11294 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11298 awatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11300 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
);
11304 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
11305 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
11307 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
11309 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
;
11310 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint2
;
11314 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
11315 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
11316 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
11319 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg
, int err
)
11321 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
*a
= arg
;
11323 delete_breakpoint (a
->breakpoint
);
11324 if (a
->breakpoint2
)
11325 delete_breakpoint (a
->breakpoint2
);
11326 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (a
->thread_num
);
11330 until_break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int anywhere
)
11332 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
11333 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
11334 struct frame_info
*frame
;
11335 struct gdbarch
*frame_gdbarch
;
11336 struct frame_id stack_frame_id
;
11337 struct frame_id caller_frame_id
;
11338 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
;
11339 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint2
= NULL
;
11340 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
11342 struct thread_info
*tp
;
11344 clear_proceed_status ();
11346 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
11349 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
11350 sals
= decode_line_1 (&arg
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
11351 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
11352 get_last_displayed_line ());
11354 sals
= decode_line_1 (&arg
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
11355 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0);
11357 if (sals
.nelts
!= 1)
11358 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
11360 sal
= sals
.sals
[0];
11361 xfree (sals
.sals
); /* malloc'd, so freed. */
11364 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11366 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
11368 tp
= inferior_thread ();
11371 old_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
11373 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
11374 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
11375 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
11378 frame
= get_selected_frame (NULL
);
11379 frame_gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
11380 stack_frame_id
= get_stack_frame_id (frame
);
11381 caller_frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
11383 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
11386 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id
))
11388 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
11390 sal2
= find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
), 0);
11391 sal2
.pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
11392 breakpoint2
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
),
11396 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2
);
11398 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp
, caller_frame_id
);
11399 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup
, &thread
);
11402 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
11406 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
11407 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
11408 breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11409 null_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11411 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
11412 only at the very same frame. */
11413 breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11414 stack_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11415 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint
);
11417 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT
, 0);
11419 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has
11420 actually managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to
11421 be deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already
11422 stopped and delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
11424 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid
))
11426 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
*args
;
11427 args
= xmalloc (sizeof (*args
));
11429 args
->breakpoint
= breakpoint
;
11430 args
->breakpoint2
= breakpoint2
;
11431 args
->thread_num
= thread
;
11433 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
11434 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
11435 until_break_command_continuation
, args
,
11439 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
11442 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
11443 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
11445 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
11446 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
11447 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
11448 if clause in the arg string. */
11451 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg
)
11455 if (((*arg
)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg
)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg
)[2]))
11458 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
11461 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
11462 condition string. */
11463 *arg
= skip_spaces (*arg
);
11464 cond_string
= *arg
;
11466 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
11468 (*arg
) += strlen (cond_string
);
11470 return cond_string
;
11473 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
11474 process start/exit, etc. */
11478 catch_fork_temporary
, catch_vfork_temporary
,
11479 catch_fork_permanent
, catch_vfork_permanent
11484 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11485 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11487 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11488 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11489 catch_fork_kind fork_kind
;
11492 fork_kind
= (catch_fork_kind
) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command
);
11493 tempflag
= (fork_kind
== catch_fork_temporary
11494 || fork_kind
== catch_vfork_temporary
);
11498 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11500 /* The allowed syntax is:
11502 catch [v]fork if <cond>
11504 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11505 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11507 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11508 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11510 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
11511 and enable reporting of such events. */
11514 case catch_fork_temporary
:
11515 case catch_fork_permanent
:
11516 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11517 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
);
11519 case catch_vfork_temporary
:
11520 case catch_vfork_permanent
:
11521 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11522 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
);
11525 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
11531 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11532 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11534 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
;
11535 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11537 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11539 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
11543 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11545 /* The allowed syntax is:
11547 catch exec if <cond>
11549 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11550 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11552 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11553 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11555 c
= XNEW (struct exec_catchpoint
);
11556 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11557 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
);
11558 c
->exec_pathname
= NULL
;
11560 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
11564 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
11565 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
11566 struct symtab_and_line sal
,
11568 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
11574 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
11576 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
11578 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
11579 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, -1);
11580 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
11581 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
11582 used for different exception names will use the same address.
11583 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
11584 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
11585 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
11586 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
11587 enough for now, though. */
11590 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_breakpoint
, ops
);
11592 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
11593 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
11594 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
;
11595 b
->language
= language_ada
;
11598 /* Splits the argument using space as delimiter. Returns an xmalloc'd
11599 filter list, or NULL if no filtering is required. */
11601 catch_syscall_split_args (char *arg
)
11603 VEC(int) *result
= NULL
;
11604 struct cleanup
*cleanup
= make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (int), &result
);
11606 while (*arg
!= '\0')
11608 int i
, syscall_number
;
11610 char cur_name
[128];
11613 /* Skip whitespace. */
11614 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11616 for (i
= 0; i
< 127 && arg
[i
] && !isspace (arg
[i
]); ++i
)
11617 cur_name
[i
] = arg
[i
];
11618 cur_name
[i
] = '\0';
11621 /* Check if the user provided a syscall name or a number. */
11622 syscall_number
= (int) strtol (cur_name
, &endptr
, 0);
11623 if (*endptr
== '\0')
11624 get_syscall_by_number (syscall_number
, &s
);
11627 /* We have a name. Let's check if it's valid and convert it
11629 get_syscall_by_name (cur_name
, &s
);
11631 if (s
.number
== UNKNOWN_SYSCALL
)
11632 /* Here we have to issue an error instead of a warning,
11633 because GDB cannot do anything useful if there's no
11634 syscall number to be caught. */
11635 error (_("Unknown syscall name '%s'."), cur_name
);
11638 /* Ok, it's valid. */
11639 VEC_safe_push (int, result
, s
.number
);
11642 discard_cleanups (cleanup
);
11646 /* Implement the "catch syscall" command. */
11649 catch_syscall_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11650 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11655 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11657 /* Checking if the feature if supported. */
11658 if (gdbarch_get_syscall_number_p (gdbarch
) == 0)
11659 error (_("The feature 'catch syscall' is not supported on \
11660 this architecture yet."));
11662 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
11664 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11666 /* We need to do this first "dummy" translation in order
11667 to get the syscall XML file loaded or, most important,
11668 to display a warning to the user if there's no XML file
11669 for his/her architecture. */
11670 get_syscall_by_number (0, &s
);
11672 /* The allowed syntax is:
11674 catch syscall <name | number> [<name | number> ... <name | number>]
11676 Let's check if there's a syscall name. */
11679 filter
= catch_syscall_split_args (arg
);
11683 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (tempflag
, filter
,
11684 &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
);
11688 catch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11690 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11695 tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11697 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11700 /* A qsort comparison function that sorts breakpoints in order. */
11703 compare_breakpoints (const void *a
, const void *b
)
11705 const breakpoint_p
*ba
= a
;
11706 uintptr_t ua
= (uintptr_t) *ba
;
11707 const breakpoint_p
*bb
= b
;
11708 uintptr_t ub
= (uintptr_t) *bb
;
11710 if ((*ba
)->number
< (*bb
)->number
)
11712 else if ((*ba
)->number
> (*bb
)->number
)
11715 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
11719 return ua
> ub
? 1 : 0;
11722 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
11725 clear_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11727 struct breakpoint
*b
, *prev
;
11728 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
11731 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
11732 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
11734 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
11738 sals
= decode_line_with_current_source (arg
,
11739 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
11740 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE
));
11741 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
11746 sals
.sals
= (struct symtab_and_line
*)
11747 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
11748 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
11749 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
11751 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
11752 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
11753 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
11754 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal
);
11755 if (sal
.symtab
== 0)
11756 error (_("No source file specified."));
11758 sals
.sals
[0] = sal
;
11764 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
11765 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
11766 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
11767 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
11769 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
11770 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
11771 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
11772 due to optimization, all in one block.
11774 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
11775 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
11776 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
11777 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
11778 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
11779 to support that. */
11781 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
11782 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
11783 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
11787 make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (breakpoint_p
), &found
);
11788 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
11790 const char *sal_fullname
;
11792 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
11793 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
11794 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
11797 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
11802 1 0 <can't happen> */
11804 sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
11805 sal_fullname
= (sal
.symtab
== NULL
11806 ? NULL
: symtab_to_fullname (sal
.symtab
));
11808 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
11809 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
11812 /* Are we going to delete b? */
11813 if (b
->type
!= bp_none
&& !is_watchpoint (b
))
11815 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
11816 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
11818 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
11819 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
11820 int pc_match
= (!sal
.explicit_line
11822 && (loc
->pspace
== sal
.pspace
)
11823 && (loc
->address
== sal
.pc
)
11824 && (!section_is_overlay (loc
->section
)
11825 || loc
->section
== sal
.section
));
11826 int line_match
= 0;
11828 if ((default_match
|| sal
.explicit_line
)
11829 && loc
->symtab
!= NULL
11830 && sal_fullname
!= NULL
11831 && sal
.pspace
== loc
->pspace
11832 && loc
->line_number
== sal
.line
11833 && filename_cmp (symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
),
11834 sal_fullname
) == 0)
11837 if (pc_match
|| line_match
)
11846 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
11850 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
11851 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p
, found
))
11854 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg
);
11856 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
11859 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
11860 qsort (VEC_address (breakpoint_p
, found
),
11861 VEC_length (breakpoint_p
, found
),
11862 sizeof (breakpoint_p
),
11863 compare_breakpoints
);
11864 prev
= VEC_index (breakpoint_p
, found
, 0);
11865 for (ix
= 1; VEC_iterate (breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ++ix
)
11869 VEC_ordered_remove (breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
);
11874 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) > 1)
11875 from_tty
= 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
11878 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) == 1)
11879 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
11881 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
11884 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ix
++)
11887 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b
->number
);
11888 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11891 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
11893 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
11896 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
11897 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
11898 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
11901 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs
)
11903 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
11905 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
11906 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
11907 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->disposition
== disp_del
11909 delete_breakpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
);
11911 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
11913 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
11914 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11918 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
11919 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
11920 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
11921 secondarily by ordering first bp_permanent OWNERed elements and
11922 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
11923 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
11926 bp_location_compare (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
11928 struct bp_location
*a
= *(void **) ap
;
11929 struct bp_location
*b
= *(void **) bp
;
11930 /* A and B come from existing breakpoints having non-NULL OWNER. */
11931 int a_perm
= a
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
;
11932 int b_perm
= b
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
;
11934 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
11935 return (a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
);
11937 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
11938 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
11941 if (a
->pspace
->num
!= b
->pspace
->num
)
11942 return ((a
->pspace
->num
> b
->pspace
->num
)
11943 - (a
->pspace
->num
< b
->pspace
->num
));
11945 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
11946 if (a_perm
!= b_perm
)
11947 return (a_perm
< b_perm
) - (a_perm
> b_perm
);
11949 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
11950 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
11951 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
11953 if (a
->owner
->number
!= b
->owner
->number
)
11954 return ((a
->owner
->number
> b
->owner
->number
)
11955 - (a
->owner
->number
< b
->owner
->number
));
11957 return (a
> b
) - (a
< b
);
11960 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
11961 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
11962 content of the bp_location array. */
11965 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
11967 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
11969 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= 0;
11970 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= 0;
11972 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
11974 CORE_ADDR start
, end
, addr
;
11976 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
11979 start
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
11980 end
= start
+ bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
11982 gdb_assert (bl
->address
>= start
);
11983 addr
= bl
->address
- start
;
11984 if (addr
> bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
)
11985 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= addr
;
11987 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
11989 gdb_assert (bl
->address
< end
);
11990 addr
= end
- bl
->address
;
11991 if (addr
> bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
)
11992 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= addr
;
11996 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
11999 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
12001 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12002 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
12004 if (!target_can_download_tracepoint ())
12007 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
12009 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
12011 struct bp_location
*bl
;
12012 struct tracepoint
*t
;
12013 int bp_location_downloaded
= 0;
12015 if ((b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
12016 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
12017 : !may_insert_tracepoints
))
12020 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
12022 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
12023 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
12024 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
12025 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || bl
->inserted
)
12028 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
12030 target_download_tracepoint (bl
);
12033 bp_location_downloaded
= 1;
12035 t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
12036 t
->number_on_target
= b
->number
;
12037 if (bp_location_downloaded
)
12038 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
12041 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
12044 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
12047 swap_insertion (struct bp_location
*left
, struct bp_location
*right
)
12049 const int left_inserted
= left
->inserted
;
12050 const int left_duplicate
= left
->duplicate
;
12051 const int left_needs_update
= left
->needs_update
;
12052 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info
= left
->target_info
;
12054 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
12055 if (is_tracepoint (left
->owner
))
12056 gdb_assert (!left
->duplicate
);
12057 if (is_tracepoint (right
->owner
))
12058 gdb_assert (!right
->duplicate
);
12060 left
->inserted
= right
->inserted
;
12061 left
->duplicate
= right
->duplicate
;
12062 left
->needs_update
= right
->needs_update
;
12063 left
->target_info
= right
->target_info
;
12064 right
->inserted
= left_inserted
;
12065 right
->duplicate
= left_duplicate
;
12066 right
->needs_update
= left_needs_update
;
12067 right
->target_info
= left_target_info
;
12070 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
12071 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
12072 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
12076 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12078 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
12079 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12080 CORE_ADDR address
= 0;
12083 address
= bl
->address
;
12084 pspace_num
= bl
->pspace
->num
;
12086 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
12087 evaluating conditions and if the user has
12088 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
12090 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
12091 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
12094 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
12095 the same program space as the location
12096 as "its condition has changed". We need to
12097 update the conditions on the target's side. */
12098 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, address
)
12102 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
12103 || pspace_num
!= loc
->pspace
->num
)
12106 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
12107 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
12108 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
12109 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
12110 that have already been marked. */
12111 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_updated
;
12113 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
12115 if (loc
->cond_bytecode
)
12117 free_agent_expr (loc
->cond_bytecode
);
12118 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
12123 /* If SHOULD_INSERT is false, do not insert any breakpoint locations
12124 into the inferior, only remove already-inserted locations that no
12125 longer should be inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or
12126 breakpoints should pass false, so that deleting a breakpoint
12127 doesn't have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
12128 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
12129 returns true on them.
12131 This behaviour is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
12132 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but breakpoint
12133 shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT* be restored
12134 to the new image; or before detaching, where the target still has
12135 execution and wants to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists, and all
12136 breakpoints had already been removed from the inferior. */
12139 update_global_location_list (int should_insert
)
12141 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12142 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
12143 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
12144 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
12145 CORE_ADDR last_addr
= 0;
12146 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
12147 int last_pspace_num
= -1;
12149 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
12150 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
12151 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
12152 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
12153 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
12155 struct bp_location
*bp_loc_first
; /* breakpoint */
12156 struct bp_location
*wp_loc_first
; /* hardware watchpoint */
12157 struct bp_location
*awp_loc_first
; /* access watchpoint */
12158 struct bp_location
*rwp_loc_first
; /* read watchpoint */
12160 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly
12161 built bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
12162 struct bp_location
**old_location
, **old_locp
;
12163 unsigned old_location_count
;
12165 old_location
= bp_location
;
12166 old_location_count
= bp_location_count
;
12167 bp_location
= NULL
;
12168 bp_location_count
= 0;
12169 cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, old_location
);
12171 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12172 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12173 bp_location_count
++;
12175 bp_location
= xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location
) * bp_location_count
);
12176 locp
= bp_location
;
12177 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12178 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12180 qsort (bp_location
, bp_location_count
, sizeof (*bp_location
),
12181 bp_location_compare
);
12183 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
12185 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
12186 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
12187 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
12188 if there's another location at the same address (previously
12189 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
12192 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
12193 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
12195 locp
= bp_location
;
12196 for (old_locp
= old_location
; old_locp
< old_location
+ old_location_count
;
12199 struct bp_location
*old_loc
= *old_locp
;
12200 struct bp_location
**loc2p
;
12202 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
12203 not, we have to free it. */
12204 int found_object
= 0;
12205 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
12206 int keep_in_target
= 0;
12209 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
12210 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
12211 while (locp
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12212 && (*locp
)->address
< old_loc
->address
)
12216 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12217 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
12220 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
12221 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
12222 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
12224 if ((*loc2p
)->condition_changed
== condition_modified
12225 && (last_addr
!= old_loc
->address
12226 || last_pspace_num
!= old_loc
->pspace
->num
))
12228 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p
);
12229 last_pspace_num
= old_loc
->pspace
->num
;
12232 if (*loc2p
== old_loc
)
12236 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
12237 have to go through updates again. */
12238 last_addr
= old_loc
->address
;
12240 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
12242 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc
);
12244 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
12245 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
12246 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
12247 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
12248 at certain location is not inserted. */
12250 if (old_loc
->inserted
)
12252 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
12255 if (found_object
&& should_be_inserted (old_loc
))
12257 /* The location is still present in the location list,
12258 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
12259 keep_in_target
= 1;
12263 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
12264 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
12265 remove its target-side condition. */
12267 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
12268 disabled. See if there's another location at the
12269 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
12270 this one from the target. */
12272 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
12273 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
))
12276 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12277 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
12280 struct bp_location
*loc2
= *loc2p
;
12282 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2
, old_loc
))
12284 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
12285 access watchpoints, if the former are not
12286 supported, but the latter are. */
12287 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
12289 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
));
12290 loc2
->watchpoint_type
= old_loc
->watchpoint_type
;
12293 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
12294 if it should be inserted in case it will be
12296 if (loc2
!= old_loc
12297 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2
))
12299 swap_insertion (old_loc
, loc2
);
12300 keep_in_target
= 1;
12308 if (!keep_in_target
)
12310 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc
, mark_uninserted
))
12312 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
12313 this location on the global list, and try to
12314 remove it next time, but there's no particular
12315 reason why we will succeed next time.
12317 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
12318 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
12319 only after calling us. */
12320 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
12321 "breakpoint %d\n"),
12322 old_loc
->owner
->number
);
12330 if (removed
&& non_stop
12331 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
)
12332 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
12334 /* This location was removed from the target. In
12335 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
12336 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
12337 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
12338 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
12339 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
12340 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
12341 after we see some number of events. The theory here
12342 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
12343 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
12344 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
12345 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
12346 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
12347 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
12350 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
12351 decr_pc_after_break targets.
12353 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
12354 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
12355 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
12356 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
12357 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
12358 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
12359 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
12360 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
12361 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
12362 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
12363 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
12364 targets that do not support new thread events, like
12365 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
12368 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
12369 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
12370 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
12371 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
12373 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
12374 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
12375 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
12376 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
12377 traps we can no longer explain. */
12379 old_loc
->events_till_retirement
= 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
12380 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
12382 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, old_loc
);
12386 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
12387 decref_bp_location (&old_loc
);
12392 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
12393 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
12394 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
12395 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
12396 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
12397 are sorted first for the same address.
12399 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
12400 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
12402 bp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12403 wp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12404 awp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12405 rwp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12406 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
12408 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
12410 struct bp_location
**loc_first_p
;
12413 if (!unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc
)
12414 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b
)
12415 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
12416 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
12417 `struct bp_location'. */
12418 || is_tracepoint (b
))
12420 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12421 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12425 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
12426 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
&& ! loc
->inserted
)
12427 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12428 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
12429 "actually inserted"));
12431 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
12432 loc_first_p
= &wp_loc_first
;
12433 else if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
12434 loc_first_p
= &rwp_loc_first
;
12435 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
12436 loc_first_p
= &awp_loc_first
;
12438 loc_first_p
= &bp_loc_first
;
12440 if (*loc_first_p
== NULL
12441 || (overlay_debugging
&& loc
->section
!= (*loc_first_p
)->section
)
12442 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc
, *loc_first_p
))
12444 *loc_first_p
= loc
;
12445 loc
->duplicate
= 0;
12447 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->condition_changed
)
12449 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
12450 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12451 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12457 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
12458 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
12459 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
12461 swap_insertion (loc
, *loc_first_p
);
12462 loc
->duplicate
= 1;
12464 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12465 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12467 if ((*loc_first_p
)->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
&& loc
->inserted
12468 && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
12469 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12470 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
12471 "a permanent breakpoint"));
12474 if (breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ()
12475 && (have_live_inferiors ()
12476 || (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))))
12479 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
12482 /* Though should_insert is false, we may need to update conditions
12483 on the target's side if it is evaluating such conditions. We
12484 only update conditions for locations that are marked
12486 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
12491 download_tracepoint_locations ();
12493 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
12497 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
12499 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12502 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
12503 if (--(loc
->events_till_retirement
) == 0)
12505 decref_bp_location (&loc
);
12506 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
);
12512 update_global_location_list_nothrow (int inserting
)
12514 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
12516 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
12517 update_global_location_list (inserting
);
12520 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
12523 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps
, struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
12527 for (bs
= bps
; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
12528 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== bpt
)
12530 bs
->breakpoint_at
= NULL
;
12531 bs
->old_val
= NULL
;
12532 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
12536 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
12538 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info
*th
, void *data
)
12540 struct breakpoint
*bpt
= data
;
12542 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th
->control
.stop_bpstat
, bpt
);
12546 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
12550 say_where (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12552 struct value_print_options opts
;
12554 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
12556 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
12558 if (b
->loc
== NULL
)
12560 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b
->addr_string
);
12564 if (opts
.addressprint
|| b
->loc
->symtab
== NULL
)
12566 printf_filtered (" at ");
12567 fputs_filtered (paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
),
12570 if (b
->loc
->symtab
!= NULL
)
12572 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
12574 if (b
->loc
->next
== NULL
)
12575 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
12576 symtab_to_filename_for_display (b
->loc
->symtab
),
12577 b
->loc
->line_number
);
12579 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
12580 different file name, and this at least reflects the
12581 real situation somewhat. */
12582 printf_filtered (": %s.", b
->addr_string
);
12587 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
12589 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12591 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n
);
12596 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
12599 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location
*self
)
12601 xfree (self
->cond
);
12602 if (self
->cond_bytecode
)
12603 free_agent_expr (self
->cond_bytecode
);
12604 xfree (self
->function_name
);
12607 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops
=
12612 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods all breakpoint_ops ultimately
12616 base_breakpoint_dtor (struct breakpoint
*self
)
12618 decref_counted_command_line (&self
->commands
);
12619 xfree (self
->cond_string
);
12620 xfree (self
->extra_string
);
12621 xfree (self
->addr_string
);
12622 xfree (self
->filter
);
12623 xfree (self
->addr_string_range_end
);
12626 static struct bp_location
*
12627 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint
*self
)
12629 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12631 loc
= XNEW (struct bp_location
);
12632 init_bp_location (loc
, &bp_location_ops
, self
);
12637 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12639 /* Nothing to re-set. */
12642 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
12643 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
12646 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12648 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12652 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12654 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12658 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12659 struct address_space
*aspace
,
12661 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12663 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12667 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs
)
12672 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12676 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
12678 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12681 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12685 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
12687 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12690 static enum print_stop_action
12691 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12693 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12697 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
12698 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
12704 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12706 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12710 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12712 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12716 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
12717 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12718 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12722 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12726 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12727 struct linespec_result
*c
,
12728 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
,
12730 char *extra_string
,
12731 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12732 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12734 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12735 const struct breakpoint_ops
*o
,
12736 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
12737 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
12739 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12743 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
12744 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
12746 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12749 /* The default 'explains_signal' method. */
12751 static enum bpstat_signal_value
12752 base_breakpoint_explains_signal (struct breakpoint
*b
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
12754 return BPSTAT_SIGNAL_HIDE
;
12757 /* The default "after_condition_true" method. */
12760 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true (struct bpstats
*bs
)
12762 /* Nothing to do. */
12765 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops
=
12767 base_breakpoint_dtor
,
12768 base_breakpoint_allocate_location
,
12769 base_breakpoint_re_set
,
12770 base_breakpoint_insert_location
,
12771 base_breakpoint_remove_location
,
12772 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit
,
12773 base_breakpoint_check_status
,
12774 base_breakpoint_resources_needed
,
12775 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode
,
12776 base_breakpoint_print_it
,
12778 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail
,
12779 base_breakpoint_print_mention
,
12780 base_breakpoint_print_recreate
,
12781 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address
,
12782 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal
,
12783 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec
,
12784 base_breakpoint_explains_signal
,
12785 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true
,
12788 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
12791 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12793 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
12794 if (b
->addr_string
== NULL
)
12796 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
12797 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12801 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
12805 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12807 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
12808 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
12811 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
12816 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12818 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
12819 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12821 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12825 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12826 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
12827 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12829 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
12830 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
12833 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
12837 if (overlay_debugging
/* unmapped overlay section */
12838 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
12839 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
12846 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
12848 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
12853 static enum print_stop_action
12854 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12856 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12857 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
12859 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
12861 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
12863 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
12864 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
12866 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
12867 if (bl
->address
!= bl
->requested_address
)
12868 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl
->requested_address
,
12871 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
12873 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
12875 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nBreakpoint ");
12876 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
12878 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
12879 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
12880 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
12882 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
12883 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
12885 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
12889 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12891 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
12896 case bp_breakpoint
:
12897 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
12898 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12899 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
12901 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
12902 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
12903 if (b
->type
== bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
)
12904 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
12906 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
12907 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b
->number
);
12910 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b
->number
);
12918 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12920 if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12921 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "tbreak");
12922 else if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
12923 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break");
12924 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
12925 && tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12926 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "thbreak");
12927 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
12928 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "hbreak");
12930 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12931 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp
->type
);
12933 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", tp
->addr_string
);
12934 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
12938 bkpt_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
12939 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12940 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12941 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
12943 create_sals_from_address_default (arg
, canonical
, type_wanted
,
12944 addr_start
, copy_arg
);
12948 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12949 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12950 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
,
12952 char *extra_string
,
12953 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12954 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12956 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12957 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
12958 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
12959 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
12961 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
,
12962 cond_string
, extra_string
,
12964 disposition
, thread
, task
,
12965 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
12966 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
12970 bkpt_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
12971 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
12973 decode_linespec_default (b
, s
, sals
);
12976 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
12979 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12983 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
12984 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
12985 case bp_overlay_event
:
12986 case bp_longjmp_master
:
12987 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
12988 case bp_exception_master
:
12989 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12992 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
12993 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
12994 case bp_shlib_event
:
12996 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
12997 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
12998 case bp_thread_event
:
13004 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
13006 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
13008 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
13009 events. This allows the user to get control and place
13010 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
13011 objects (among other things). */
13012 bs
->stop
= stop_on_solib_events
;
13013 bs
->print
= stop_on_solib_events
;
13019 static enum print_stop_action
13020 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13022 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13024 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
13028 case bp_shlib_event
:
13029 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
13030 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
13031 to shlib event" message.) */
13032 print_solib_event (0);
13035 case bp_thread_event
:
13036 /* Not sure how we will get here.
13037 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
13038 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13041 case bp_overlay_event
:
13042 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
13043 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13046 case bp_longjmp_master
:
13047 /* These should never be enabled. */
13048 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13051 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
13052 /* These should never be enabled. */
13053 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
13054 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13057 case bp_exception_master
:
13058 /* These should never be enabled. */
13059 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
13060 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13064 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
13068 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13070 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13073 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
13076 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13078 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
13079 over a dlopen call and solib_add is resetting the breakpoints.
13080 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
13081 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
13085 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
13087 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
13090 static enum print_stop_action
13091 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13093 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
13095 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
13097 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
13102 ui_out_field_string
13104 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED
));
13108 ui_out_field_string
13110 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED
));
13115 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
13119 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13121 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13124 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
13126 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
13127 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
13130 longjmp_bkpt_dtor (struct breakpoint
*self
)
13132 struct thread_info
*tp
= find_thread_id (self
->thread
);
13135 tp
->initiating_frame
= null_frame_id
;
13137 momentary_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (self
);
13140 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
13143 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13145 int v
= bkpt_insert_location (bl
);
13149 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
13151 bl
->probe
->pops
->set_semaphore (bl
->probe
, bl
->gdbarch
);
13158 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13160 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
13161 bl
->probe
->pops
->clear_semaphore (bl
->probe
, bl
->gdbarch
);
13163 return bkpt_remove_location (bl
);
13167 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13168 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13169 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13170 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13172 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
13174 lsal
.sals
= parse_probes (arg
, canonical
);
13176 *copy_arg
= xstrdup (canonical
->addr_string
);
13177 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (*copy_arg
);
13179 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
13183 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13184 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13186 *sals
= parse_probes (s
, NULL
);
13188 error (_("probe not found"));
13191 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
13194 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13196 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
13200 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
13201 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
13202 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
13204 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
13210 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
13211 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
13213 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
13214 if (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
)
13216 gdb_assert (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
13218 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tmarker id is ");
13219 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
13220 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13221 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
13226 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13228 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
13233 case bp_tracepoint
:
13234 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
13235 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13237 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
13238 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
13239 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13241 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
13242 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
13243 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13246 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13247 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b
->type
);
13254 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*self
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13256 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
13258 if (self
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
13259 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "ftrace");
13260 if (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
13261 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "strace");
13262 else if (self
->type
== bp_tracepoint
)
13263 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "trace");
13265 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13266 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self
->type
);
13268 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", self
->addr_string
);
13269 print_recreate_thread (self
, fp
);
13271 if (tp
->pass_count
)
13272 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " passcount %d\n", tp
->pass_count
);
13276 tracepoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13277 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13278 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13279 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13281 create_sals_from_address_default (arg
, canonical
, type_wanted
,
13282 addr_start
, copy_arg
);
13286 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13287 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13288 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
,
13290 char *extra_string
,
13291 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13292 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13294 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13295 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13296 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13297 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13299 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
,
13300 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13302 disposition
, thread
, task
,
13303 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
13304 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
13308 tracepoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13309 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13311 decode_linespec_default (b
, s
, sals
);
13314 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
13316 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be use on tracepoints placed in a
13320 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13321 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13322 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13323 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13325 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13326 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (arg
, canonical
, type_wanted
,
13327 addr_start
, copy_arg
);
13331 tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13332 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13334 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13335 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (b
, s
, sals
);
13338 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
13340 /* Dprintf breakpoint_ops methods. */
13343 dprintf_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13345 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
13347 /* This breakpoint could have been pending, and be resolved now, and
13348 if so, we should now have the extra string. If we don't, the
13349 dprintf was malformed when created, but we couldn't tell because
13350 we can't extract the extra string until the location is
13352 if (b
->loc
!= NULL
&& b
->extra_string
== NULL
)
13353 error (_("Format string required"));
13355 /* 1 - connect to target 1, that can run breakpoint commands.
13356 2 - create a dprintf, which resolves fine.
13357 3 - disconnect from target 1
13358 4 - connect to target 2, that can NOT run breakpoint commands.
13360 After steps #3/#4, you'll want the dprintf command list to
13361 be updated, because target 1 and 2 may well return different
13362 answers for target_can_run_breakpoint_commands().
13363 Given absence of finer grained resetting, we get to do
13364 it all the time. */
13365 if (b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
13366 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
13369 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for dprintf. */
13372 dprintf_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13374 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "dprintf %s%s", tp
->addr_string
,
13376 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
13379 /* Implement the "after_condition_true" breakpoint_ops method for
13382 dprintf's are implemented with regular commands in their command
13383 list, but we run the commands here instead of before presenting the
13384 stop to the user, as dprintf's don't actually cause a stop. This
13385 also makes it so that the commands of multiple dprintfs at the same
13386 address are all handled. */
13389 dprintf_after_condition_true (struct bpstats
*bs
)
13391 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
13392 struct bpstats tmp_bs
= { NULL
};
13393 struct bpstats
*tmp_bs_p
= &tmp_bs
;
13395 /* dprintf's never cause a stop. This wasn't set in the
13396 check_status hook instead because that would make the dprintf's
13397 condition not be evaluated. */
13400 /* Run the command list here. Take ownership of it instead of
13401 copying. We never want these commands to run later in
13402 bpstat_do_actions, if a breakpoint that causes a stop happens to
13403 be set at same address as this dprintf, or even if running the
13404 commands here throws. */
13405 tmp_bs
.commands
= bs
->commands
;
13406 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
13407 old_chain
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&tmp_bs
.commands
);
13409 bpstat_do_actions_1 (&tmp_bs_p
);
13411 /* 'tmp_bs.commands' will usually be NULL by now, but
13412 bpstat_do_actions_1 may return early without processing the whole
13414 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
13417 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
13421 strace_marker_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13422 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13423 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13424 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13426 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
13428 lsal
.sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (arg
);
13430 *copy_arg
= savestring (addr_start
, *arg
- addr_start
);
13432 canonical
->addr_string
= xstrdup (*copy_arg
);
13433 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (*copy_arg
);
13434 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
13438 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13439 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13440 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
,
13442 char *extra_string
,
13443 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13444 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13446 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13447 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13448 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13449 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13453 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
13454 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
13455 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
13456 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
13457 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
13458 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
13460 for (i
= 0; i
< lsal
->sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
13462 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
;
13463 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
13464 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
13467 expanded
.nelts
= 1;
13468 expanded
.sals
= &lsal
->sals
.sals
[i
];
13470 addr_string
= xstrdup (canonical
->addr_string
);
13471 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string
);
13473 tp
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
13474 init_breakpoint_sal (&tp
->base
, gdbarch
, expanded
,
13476 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13477 type_wanted
, disposition
,
13478 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
13479 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
13480 canonical
->special_display
);
13481 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
13482 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
13483 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
13484 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
13485 try to match up which of the newly found markers
13486 corresponds to this one */
13487 tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
= i
;
13489 install_breakpoint (internal
, &tp
->base
, 0);
13491 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
13496 strace_marker_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13497 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13499 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
13501 *sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (s
);
13502 if (sals
->nelts
> tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
)
13504 sals
->sals
[0] = sals
->sals
[tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
];
13508 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13511 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13514 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13516 return b
->ops
== &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13519 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
13523 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
13525 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13527 gdb_assert (bpt
!= NULL
);
13529 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
13530 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
13533 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
13534 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
13535 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
13536 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
13537 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
13540 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
13541 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
13542 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
13543 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
13545 if (bpt
->type
== bp_none
)
13548 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
13549 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
13550 if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
)
13552 struct breakpoint
*related
;
13553 struct watchpoint
*w
;
13555 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13556 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13557 else if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13558 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
13562 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w
);
13564 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
13565 for (related
= bpt
; related
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
;
13566 related
= related
->related_breakpoint
);
13567 related
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13568 bpt
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
;
13571 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
13572 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
13573 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
13574 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
13576 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt
);
13578 if (breakpoint_chain
== bpt
)
13579 breakpoint_chain
= bpt
->next
;
13581 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13582 if (b
->next
== bpt
)
13584 b
->next
= bpt
->next
;
13588 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
13590 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
13591 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
13592 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
13593 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
13594 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
13595 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
13596 commands won't work. */
13598 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback
, bpt
);
13600 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
13601 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
13602 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
13603 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
13604 might be better design to have location completely
13605 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
13606 update_global_location_list (0);
13608 bpt
->ops
->dtor (bpt
);
13609 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
13610 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
13611 bpt
->type
= bp_none
;
13616 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b
)
13618 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13622 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13624 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup
, b
);
13627 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
13628 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
13631 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13632 void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*,
13636 struct breakpoint
*related
;
13641 struct breakpoint
*next
;
13643 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
13644 next
= related
->related_breakpoint
;
13646 if (next
== related
)
13648 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
13649 function (related
, data
);
13651 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
13652 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
13657 function (related
, data
);
13661 while (related
!= b
);
13665 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
13667 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13670 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
13671 delete_breakpoint. */
13674 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
13676 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
13680 delete_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
13682 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
13688 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
13690 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
13691 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
13692 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
13693 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13694 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13696 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
13700 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
13702 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
13704 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
13705 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13706 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13710 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
13714 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location
*loc
)
13716 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
13717 if (!loc
->shlib_disabled
13718 && !loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
13723 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
13724 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
13725 Null names are ignored. */
13728 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location
*loc
)
13730 struct bp_location
*l
;
13731 htab_t htab
= htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string
,
13732 (int (*) (const void *,
13733 const void *)) streq
,
13734 NULL
, xcalloc
, xfree
);
13736 for (l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
13739 const char *name
= l
->function_name
;
13741 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
13745 slot
= (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab
, (const void *) name
,
13747 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
13751 htab_delete (htab
);
13757 htab_delete (htab
);
13761 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
13762 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
13763 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
13764 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
13765 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
13766 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
13767 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
13768 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
13771 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
13772 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
13773 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
13774 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
13775 in the sources, and output a warning.
13777 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
13778 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
13779 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
13780 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
13781 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
13784 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
13785 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
13786 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
13787 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
13788 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
13789 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
13790 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
13791 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
13792 precisely because it confuses tools). */
13794 static struct symtab_and_line
13795 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct symtab_and_line sal
)
13797 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
13798 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
13803 find_line_pc (sal
.symtab
, sal
.line
, &pc
);
13805 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc
, &marker
))
13807 if (strcmp (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
, marker
.str_id
) != 0)
13808 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
13810 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
, marker
.str_id
);
13812 xfree (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13813 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
.str_id
);
13814 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker
);
13819 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
13821 if (!sal
.explicit_pc
13823 && sal
.symtab
!= NULL
13824 && tp
->static_trace_marker_id
!= NULL
)
13826 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p
) *markers
;
13829 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13831 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
))
13833 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
13834 struct symbol
*sym
;
13835 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*tpmarker
;
13836 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
13838 tpmarker
= VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
, 0);
13840 xfree (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13841 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (tpmarker
->str_id
);
13843 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
13844 "found at previous line number"),
13845 b
->number
, tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13849 sal2
.pc
= tpmarker
->address
;
13851 sal2
= find_pc_line (tpmarker
->address
, 0);
13852 sym
= find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker
->address
, NULL
);
13853 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Now in ");
13856 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "func",
13857 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
13858 ui_out_text (uiout
, " at ");
13860 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "file",
13861 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
));
13862 ui_out_text (uiout
, ":");
13864 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
13866 const char *fullname
= symtab_to_fullname (sal2
.symtab
);
13868 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "fullname", fullname
);
13871 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "line", sal2
.line
);
13872 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
13874 b
->loc
->line_number
= sal2
.line
;
13875 b
->loc
->symtab
= sym
!= NULL
? sal2
.symtab
: NULL
;
13877 xfree (b
->addr_string
);
13878 b
->addr_string
= xstrprintf ("%s:%d",
13879 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
),
13880 b
->loc
->line_number
);
13882 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
13885 release_static_tracepoint_marker (tpmarker
);
13891 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
13892 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
13895 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location
*a
, struct bp_location
*b
)
13899 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
13902 if (a
->shlib_disabled
!= b
->shlib_disabled
)
13905 if (a
->enabled
!= b
->enabled
)
13912 if ((a
== NULL
) != (b
== NULL
))
13918 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software breakpoint)
13919 based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not zero, then B is
13920 a ranged breakpoint. */
13923 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13924 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
,
13925 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_end
)
13928 struct bp_location
*existing_locations
= b
->loc
;
13930 if (sals_end
.nelts
!= 0 && (sals
.nelts
!= 1 || sals_end
.nelts
!= 1))
13932 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
13934 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
13935 update_global_location_list (1);
13936 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
13937 "multiple locations found\n"),
13942 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
13943 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
13944 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
13945 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
13946 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
13947 individual locations. */
13948 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations
) && sals
.nelts
== 0)
13953 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
13955 struct bp_location
*new_loc
;
13957 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sals
.sals
[i
].pspace
);
13959 new_loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &(sals
.sals
[i
]));
13961 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
13963 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
13966 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
13968 s
= b
->cond_string
;
13969 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
13971 new_loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, sals
.sals
[i
].pc
,
13972 block_for_pc (sals
.sals
[i
].pc
),
13977 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
13978 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
13979 b
->number
, e
.message
);
13980 new_loc
->enabled
= 0;
13984 if (sals_end
.nelts
)
13986 CORE_ADDR end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end
.sals
[0]);
13988 new_loc
->length
= end
- sals
.sals
[0].pc
+ 1;
13992 /* Update locations of permanent breakpoints. */
13993 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
13994 make_breakpoint_permanent (b
);
13996 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
13999 struct bp_location
*e
= existing_locations
;
14000 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
14001 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
14002 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
14003 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
14004 often enough until a better solution is found. */
14005 int have_ambiguous_names
= ambiguous_names_p (b
->loc
);
14007 for (; e
; e
= e
->next
)
14009 if (!e
->enabled
&& e
->function_name
)
14011 struct bp_location
*l
= b
->loc
;
14012 if (have_ambiguous_names
)
14014 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
14015 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e
, l
))
14023 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
14024 if (l
->function_name
14025 && strcmp (e
->function_name
, l
->function_name
) == 0)
14035 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations
, b
->loc
))
14036 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
14038 update_global_location_list (1);
14041 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given ADDR_STRING.
14042 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
14044 static struct symtabs_and_lines
14045 addr_string_to_sals (struct breakpoint
*b
, char *addr_string
, int *found
)
14048 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
= {0};
14049 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
14051 gdb_assert (b
->ops
!= NULL
);
14054 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
14056 b
->ops
->decode_linespec (b
, &s
, &sals
);
14060 int not_found_and_ok
= 0;
14061 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
14062 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
14063 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
14064 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
14065 state, then user already saw the message about that
14066 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
14068 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
14069 && (b
->condition_not_parsed
14070 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
14071 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
14072 || b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
))
14073 not_found_and_ok
= 1;
14075 if (!not_found_and_ok
)
14077 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
14078 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
14079 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
14080 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
14081 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
14082 which approach is better. */
14083 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14084 throw_exception (e
);
14088 if (e
.reason
== 0 || e
.error
!= NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
14092 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
14093 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
.sals
[i
]);
14094 if (b
->condition_not_parsed
&& s
&& s
[0])
14096 char *cond_string
, *extra_string
;
14099 find_condition_and_thread (s
, sals
.sals
[0].pc
,
14100 &cond_string
, &thread
, &task
,
14103 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
14104 b
->thread
= thread
;
14107 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
14108 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
14111 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
&& !strace_marker_p (b
))
14112 sals
.sals
[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b
, sals
.sals
[0]);
14122 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
14123 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
14127 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14130 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, sals_end
;
14131 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
= {0};
14132 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded_end
= {0};
14134 sals
= addr_string_to_sals (b
, b
->addr_string
, &found
);
14137 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
14141 if (b
->addr_string_range_end
)
14143 sals_end
= addr_string_to_sals (b
, b
->addr_string_range_end
, &found
);
14146 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals_end
.sals
);
14147 expanded_end
= sals_end
;
14151 update_breakpoint_locations (b
, expanded
, expanded_end
);
14154 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
14155 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
14158 create_sals_from_address_default (char **arg
,
14159 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
14160 enum bptype type_wanted
,
14161 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
14163 parse_breakpoint_sals (arg
, canonical
);
14166 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
14167 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
14171 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
14172 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
14174 char *extra_string
,
14175 enum bptype type_wanted
,
14176 enum bpdisp disposition
,
14178 int task
, int ignore_count
,
14179 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
14180 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
14181 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
14183 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, canonical
, cond_string
,
14185 type_wanted
, disposition
,
14186 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
14187 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
14190 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
14191 default function for the `decode_linespec' method of breakpoint_ops. */
14194 decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
14195 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
14197 struct linespec_result canonical
;
14199 init_linespec_result (&canonical
);
14200 decode_line_full (s
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
14201 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0,
14202 &canonical
, multiple_symbols_all
,
14205 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
14206 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) < 2);
14208 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) > 0)
14210 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
14212 lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, 0);
14213 *sals
= lsal
->sals
;
14214 /* Arrange it so the destructor does not free the
14216 lsal
->sals
.sals
= NULL
;
14219 destroy_linespec_result (&canonical
);
14222 /* Prepare the global context for a re-set of breakpoint B. */
14224 static struct cleanup
*
14225 prepare_re_set_context (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14227 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
14229 input_radix
= b
->input_radix
;
14230 cleanups
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
14231 if (b
->pspace
!= NULL
)
14232 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b
->pspace
);
14233 set_language (b
->language
);
14238 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
14239 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
14240 Unused in this case. */
14243 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint
)
14245 /* Get past catch_errs. */
14246 struct breakpoint
*b
= (struct breakpoint
*) bint
;
14247 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
14249 cleanups
= prepare_re_set_context (b
);
14250 b
->ops
->re_set (b
);
14251 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
14255 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
14257 breakpoint_re_set (void)
14259 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
14260 enum language save_language
;
14261 int save_input_radix
;
14262 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
14264 save_language
= current_language
->la_language
;
14265 save_input_radix
= input_radix
;
14266 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
14268 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
14270 /* Format possible error msg. */
14271 char *message
= xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
14273 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
14274 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one
, b
, message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
);
14275 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
14277 set_language (save_language
);
14278 input_radix
= save_input_radix
;
14280 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
14282 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
14284 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
14285 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
14286 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
14287 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
14290 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
14292 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
14293 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
14295 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14297 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
14299 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
14300 b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
14302 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
14303 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
14304 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
14306 b
->loc
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
14310 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14311 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14312 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14315 set_ignore_count (int bptnum
, int count
, int from_tty
)
14317 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14322 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14323 if (b
->number
== bptnum
)
14325 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
14327 if (from_tty
&& count
!= 0)
14328 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
14333 b
->ignore_count
= count
;
14337 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
14338 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
14340 else if (count
== 1)
14341 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
14344 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
14345 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
14348 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
14352 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum
);
14355 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
14358 ignore_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14364 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
14366 num
= get_number (&p
);
14368 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args
);
14370 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
14372 set_ignore_count (num
,
14373 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p
))),
14376 printf_filtered ("\n");
14379 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
14380 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
14383 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args
, void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*,
14388 struct breakpoint
*b
, *tmp
;
14390 struct get_number_or_range_state state
;
14393 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
14395 init_number_or_range (&state
, args
);
14397 while (!state
.finished
)
14399 char *p
= state
.string
;
14403 num
= get_number_or_range (&state
);
14406 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p
);
14410 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, tmp
)
14411 if (b
->number
== num
)
14414 function (b
, data
);
14418 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num
);
14423 static struct bp_location
*
14424 find_location_by_number (char *number
)
14426 char *dot
= strchr (number
, '.');
14430 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14431 struct bp_location
*loc
;
14436 bp_num
= get_number (&p1
);
14438 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
14440 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14441 if (b
->number
== bp_num
)
14446 if (!b
|| b
->number
!= bp_num
)
14447 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
14450 loc_num
= get_number (&p1
);
14452 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number
);
14456 for (;loc_num
&& loc
; --loc_num
, loc
= loc
->next
)
14459 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot
+1);
14465 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14466 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14467 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14470 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14472 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
14473 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
14474 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
14475 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
14478 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */
14479 if (bpt
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
14482 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14484 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14485 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14487 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14488 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14490 struct bp_location
*location
;
14492 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
14493 target_disable_tracepoint (location
);
14496 update_global_location_list (0);
14498 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14501 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
14504 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14506 disable_breakpoint (b
);
14509 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14510 disable_breakpoint. */
14513 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14515 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_disable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14519 disable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14523 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14525 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14526 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
14527 disable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14529 else if (strchr (args
, '.'))
14531 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (args
);
14537 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
14539 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14540 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
14541 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
14542 target_disable_tracepoint (loc
);
14544 update_global_location_list (0);
14547 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_disable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14551 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
14554 int target_resources_ok
;
14556 if (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
14559 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
14560 target_resources_ok
=
14561 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
14563 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
14564 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
14565 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
14566 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
14569 if (is_watchpoint (bpt
))
14571 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
14572 enum enable_state orig_enable_state
= 0;
14573 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
14575 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
14577 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
14579 orig_enable_state
= bpt
->enable_state
;
14580 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14581 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
14585 bpt
->enable_state
= orig_enable_state
;
14586 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, e
, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
14592 if (bpt
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
14593 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14595 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14597 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14598 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14600 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14601 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14603 struct bp_location
*location
;
14605 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
14606 target_enable_tracepoint (location
);
14609 bpt
->disposition
= disposition
;
14610 bpt
->enable_count
= count
;
14611 update_global_location_list (1);
14613 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14618 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14620 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, bpt
->disposition
, 0);
14624 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *arg
)
14626 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14629 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14630 enable_breakpoint. */
14633 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14635 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_enable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14638 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
14639 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
14640 in stopping the inferior. */
14643 enable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14647 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14649 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14650 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
14651 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14653 else if (strchr (args
, '.'))
14655 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (args
);
14661 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
14663 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14664 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
14665 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
14666 target_enable_tracepoint (loc
);
14668 update_global_location_list (1);
14671 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14674 /* This struct packages up disposition data for application to multiple
14684 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *arg
)
14686 struct disp_data disp_data
= *(struct disp_data
*) arg
;
14688 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp_data
.disp
, disp_data
.count
);
14692 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
14694 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_disable
, 1 };
14696 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
14700 enable_once_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14702 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14706 do_map_enable_count_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *countptr
)
14708 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_disable
, *(int *) countptr
};
14710 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
14714 enable_count_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14716 int count
= get_number (&args
);
14718 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_count_breakpoint
, &count
);
14722 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
14724 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_del
, 1 };
14726 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
14730 enable_delete_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14732 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14736 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14741 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14745 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
14746 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
14750 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (struct inferior
*inferior
,
14751 CORE_ADDR addr
, ssize_t len
,
14752 const bfd_byte
*data
)
14754 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
14756 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
14757 if (bp
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
14758 && bp
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
14760 struct watchpoint
*wp
= (struct watchpoint
*) bp
;
14762 if (wp
->val_valid
&& wp
->val
)
14764 struct bp_location
*loc
;
14766 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
14767 if (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
14768 && loc
->address
+ loc
->length
> addr
14769 && addr
+ len
> loc
->address
)
14771 value_free (wp
->val
);
14779 /* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC. Return an
14780 identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later.
14781 In general, places which call this should be using something on the
14782 breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated
14786 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
14787 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
14789 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
;
14791 bp_tgt
= XZALLOC (struct bp_target_info
);
14793 bp_tgt
->placed_address_space
= aspace
;
14794 bp_tgt
->placed_address
= pc
;
14796 if (target_insert_breakpoint (gdbarch
, bp_tgt
) != 0)
14798 /* Could not insert the breakpoint. */
14806 /* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by
14807 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint. */
14810 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, void *bp
)
14812 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
= bp
;
14815 ret
= target_remove_breakpoint (gdbarch
, bp_tgt
);
14821 /* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single
14824 static void *single_step_breakpoints
[2];
14825 static struct gdbarch
*single_step_gdbarch
[2];
14827 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
14830 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
14831 struct address_space
*aspace
,
14836 if (single_step_breakpoints
[0] == NULL
)
14838 bpt_p
= &single_step_breakpoints
[0];
14839 single_step_gdbarch
[0] = gdbarch
;
14843 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints
[1] == NULL
);
14844 bpt_p
= &single_step_breakpoints
[1];
14845 single_step_gdbarch
[1] = gdbarch
;
14848 /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would
14849 be to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on
14850 the breakpoint chain. That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint.
14851 We could adjust the addresses each time they were needed. Doing
14852 this requires corresponding changes elsewhere where single step
14853 breakpoints are handled, however. So, for now, we use this. */
14855 *bpt_p
= deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, aspace
, next_pc
);
14856 if (*bpt_p
== NULL
)
14857 error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at %s"),
14858 paddress (gdbarch
, next_pc
));
14861 /* Check if the breakpoints used for software single stepping
14862 were inserted or not. */
14865 single_step_breakpoints_inserted (void)
14867 return (single_step_breakpoints
[0] != NULL
14868 || single_step_breakpoints
[1] != NULL
);
14871 /* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step. */
14874 remove_single_step_breakpoints (void)
14876 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints
[0] != NULL
);
14878 /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated
14880 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[0],
14881 single_step_breakpoints
[0]);
14882 single_step_gdbarch
[0] = NULL
;
14883 single_step_breakpoints
[0] = NULL
;
14885 if (single_step_breakpoints
[1] != NULL
)
14887 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[1],
14888 single_step_breakpoints
[1]);
14889 single_step_gdbarch
[1] = NULL
;
14890 single_step_breakpoints
[1] = NULL
;
14894 /* Delete software single step breakpoints without removing them from
14895 the inferior. This is intended to be used if the inferior's address
14896 space where they were inserted is already gone, e.g. after exit or
14900 cancel_single_step_breakpoints (void)
14904 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
14905 if (single_step_breakpoints
[i
])
14907 xfree (single_step_breakpoints
[i
]);
14908 single_step_breakpoints
[i
] = NULL
;
14909 single_step_gdbarch
[i
] = NULL
;
14913 /* Detach software single-step breakpoints from INFERIOR_PTID without
14917 detach_single_step_breakpoints (void)
14921 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
14922 if (single_step_breakpoints
[i
])
14923 target_remove_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[i
],
14924 single_step_breakpoints
[i
]);
14927 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
14931 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
14936 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
14938 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
= single_step_breakpoints
[i
];
14940 && breakpoint_address_match (bp_tgt
->placed_address_space
,
14941 bp_tgt
->placed_address
,
14949 /* Returns 0 if 'bp' is NOT a syscall catchpoint,
14950 non-zero otherwise. */
14952 is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*bp
)
14954 if (syscall_catchpoint_p (bp
)
14955 && bp
->enable_state
!= bp_disabled
14956 && bp
->enable_state
!= bp_call_disabled
)
14963 catch_syscall_enabled (void)
14965 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
14966 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (current_inferior ());
14968 return inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0;
14972 catching_syscall_number (int syscall_number
)
14974 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
14976 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
14977 if (is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (bp
))
14979 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bp
;
14981 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
14985 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
14987 if (syscall_number
== iter
)
14997 /* Complete syscall names. Used by "catch syscall". */
14998 static VEC (char_ptr
) *
14999 catch_syscall_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
15000 const char *text
, const char *word
)
15002 const char **list
= get_syscall_names ();
15003 VEC (char_ptr
) *retlist
15004 = (list
== NULL
) ? NULL
: complete_on_enum (list
, word
, word
);
15010 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
15012 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
15014 set_tracepoint_count (int num
)
15016 tracepoint_count
= num
;
15017 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num
);
15021 trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15023 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15024 const char *arg_cp
= arg
;
15026 if (arg
&& probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp
))
15027 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15029 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15031 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15033 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15035 bp_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15036 0 /* Ignore count */,
15037 pending_break_support
,
15041 0 /* internal */, 0);
15045 ftrace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15047 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15049 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15051 bp_fast_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15052 0 /* Ignore count */,
15053 pending_break_support
,
15054 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
15057 0 /* internal */, 0);
15060 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
15063 strace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15065 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15067 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
15068 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
15069 if (arg
&& strncmp (arg
, "-m", 2) == 0 && isspace (arg
[2]))
15070 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
15072 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15074 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15076 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15078 bp_static_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15079 0 /* Ignore count */,
15080 pending_break_support
,
15084 0 /* internal */, 0);
15087 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
15088 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
15090 static struct uploaded_tp
*this_utp
;
15091 static int next_cmd
;
15094 read_uploaded_action (void)
15098 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, this_utp
->cmd_strings
, next_cmd
, rslt
);
15105 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
15106 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
15107 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
15108 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
15109 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
15111 struct tracepoint
*
15112 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp
*utp
)
15114 char *addr_str
, small_buf
[100];
15115 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
15117 if (utp
->at_string
)
15118 addr_str
= utp
->at_string
;
15121 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
15122 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
15123 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
15125 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
15126 "source location, using raw address"),
15128 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "*%s", hex_string (utp
->addr
));
15129 addr_str
= small_buf
;
15132 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
15133 if (utp
->cond
&& !utp
->cond_string
)
15134 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
15135 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
15138 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15140 utp
->cond_string
, -1, NULL
,
15141 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
15143 utp
->type
/* type_wanted */,
15144 0 /* Ignore count */,
15145 pending_break_support
,
15146 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
15148 utp
->enabled
/* enabled */,
15150 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
))
15153 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
15154 tp
= get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count
);
15155 gdb_assert (tp
!= NULL
);
15159 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "%d %d", utp
->pass
,
15162 trace_pass_command (small_buf
, 0);
15165 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
15166 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
15167 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
15169 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->cmd_strings
))
15171 struct command_line
*cmd_list
;
15176 cmd_list
= read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action
, 1, NULL
, NULL
);
15178 breakpoint_set_commands (&tp
->base
, cmd_list
);
15180 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->actions
)
15181 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->step_actions
))
15182 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
15183 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
15186 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
15187 tp
->base
.hit_count
= utp
->hit_count
;
15188 tp
->traceframe_usage
= utp
->traceframe_usage
;
15193 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
15197 tracepoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15199 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
15202 num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_tracepoint
);
15204 if (num_printed
== 0)
15206 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
15207 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
15209 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
15212 default_collect_info ();
15215 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
15216 Not supported by all targets. */
15218 enable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15220 enable_command (args
, from_tty
);
15223 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
15224 Not supported by all targets. */
15226 disable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15228 disable_command (args
, from_tty
);
15231 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
15233 delete_trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15235 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
15241 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
15243 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
15244 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
15245 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
15247 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15248 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
15250 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
15254 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
15256 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
15258 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
15259 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
15260 delete_breakpoint (b
);
15264 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
15267 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
15270 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint
*tp
, int count
, int from_tty
)
15272 tp
->pass_count
= count
;
15273 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (&tp
->base
);
15275 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
15276 tp
->base
.number
, count
);
15279 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
15281 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
15282 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
15283 Also accepts special argument "all". */
15286 trace_pass_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15288 struct tracepoint
*t1
;
15289 unsigned int count
;
15291 if (args
== 0 || *args
== 0)
15292 error (_("passcount command requires an "
15293 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
15295 count
= strtoul (args
, &args
, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
15297 args
= skip_spaces (args
);
15298 if (*args
&& strncasecmp (args
, "all", 3) == 0)
15300 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15302 args
+= 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
15304 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
15306 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15308 t1
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
15309 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15312 else if (*args
== '\0')
15314 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, NULL
, 1);
15316 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15320 struct get_number_or_range_state state
;
15322 init_number_or_range (&state
, args
);
15323 while (!state
.finished
)
15325 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, &state
, 1);
15327 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15332 struct tracepoint
*
15333 get_tracepoint (int num
)
15335 struct breakpoint
*t
;
15337 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
15338 if (t
->number
== num
)
15339 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
15344 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
15345 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
15348 struct tracepoint
*
15349 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num
)
15351 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15353 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15355 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
15357 if (t
->number_on_target
== num
)
15364 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
15365 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
15366 If OPTIONAL_P is true, then if the argument is missing, the most
15367 recent tracepoint (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
15368 struct tracepoint
*
15369 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg
,
15370 struct get_number_or_range_state
*state
,
15373 struct breakpoint
*t
;
15375 char *instring
= arg
== NULL
? NULL
: *arg
;
15379 gdb_assert (!state
->finished
);
15380 tpnum
= get_number_or_range (state
);
15382 else if (arg
== NULL
|| *arg
== NULL
|| ! **arg
)
15385 tpnum
= tracepoint_count
;
15387 error_no_arg (_("tracepoint number"));
15390 tpnum
= get_number (arg
);
15394 if (instring
&& *instring
)
15395 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
15398 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint argument missing "
15399 "and no previous tracepoint\n"));
15403 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
15404 if (t
->number
== tpnum
)
15406 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
15409 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum
);
15414 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
15416 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
15417 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " thread %d", b
->thread
);
15420 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " task %d", b
->task
);
15422 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
15425 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
15426 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
15427 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
15431 save_breakpoints (char *filename
, int from_tty
,
15432 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
15434 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
15437 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
15438 struct ui_file
*fp
;
15439 int extra_trace_bits
= 0;
15441 if (filename
== 0 || *filename
== 0)
15442 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
15444 /* See if we have anything to save. */
15445 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
15447 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15448 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
15451 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15452 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
15457 if (is_tracepoint (tp
))
15459 extra_trace_bits
= 1;
15461 /* We can stop searching. */
15468 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
15472 pathname
= tilde_expand (filename
);
15473 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, pathname
);
15474 fp
= gdb_fopen (pathname
, "w");
15476 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
15477 filename
, safe_strerror (errno
));
15478 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp
);
15480 if (extra_trace_bits
)
15481 save_trace_state_variables (fp
);
15483 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
15485 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15486 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
15489 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15490 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
15493 tp
->ops
->print_recreate (tp
, fp
);
15495 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
15496 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
15499 if (tp
->cond_string
)
15500 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " condition $bpnum %s\n", tp
->cond_string
);
15502 if (tp
->ignore_count
)
15503 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp
->ignore_count
);
15505 if (tp
->type
!= bp_dprintf
&& tp
->commands
)
15507 volatile struct gdb_exception ex
;
15509 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " commands\n");
15511 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout
, fp
);
15512 TRY_CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
15514 print_command_lines (current_uiout
, tp
->commands
->commands
, 2);
15516 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout
, NULL
);
15519 throw_exception (ex
);
15521 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " end\n");
15524 if (tp
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
)
15525 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "disable\n");
15527 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
15528 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
15529 special, and not user visible. */
15530 if (!is_watchpoint (tp
) && tp
->loc
&& tp
->loc
->next
)
15532 struct bp_location
*loc
;
15535 for (loc
= tp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
, n
++)
15537 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "disable $bpnum.%d\n", n
);
15541 if (extra_trace_bits
&& *default_collect
)
15542 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect
);
15544 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
15546 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename
);
15549 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
15552 save_breakpoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15554 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, NULL
);
15557 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
15560 save_tracepoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15562 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, is_tracepoint
);
15565 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
15567 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *
15568 all_tracepoints (void)
15570 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *tp_vec
= 0;
15571 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
15573 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp
)
15575 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p
, tp_vec
, tp
);
15582 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
15583 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
15584 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
15586 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
15587 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
15588 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
15589 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
15590 guessed probe type) or `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe).\n\
15591 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
15592 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
15593 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
15594 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
15595 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
15596 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
15598 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
15599 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15601 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15602 conditions are different.\n\
15604 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
15606 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
15607 static struct cmd_list_element
*catch_cmdlist
;
15609 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
15610 static struct cmd_list_element
*tcatch_cmdlist
;
15613 add_catch_command (char *name
, char *docstring
,
15614 void (*sfunc
) (char *args
, int from_tty
,
15615 struct cmd_list_element
*command
),
15616 completer_ftype
*completer
,
15617 void *user_data_catch
,
15618 void *user_data_tcatch
)
15620 struct cmd_list_element
*command
;
15622 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
15624 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15625 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_catch
);
15626 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15628 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
15630 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15631 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_tcatch
);
15632 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15636 clear_syscall_counts (struct inferior
*inf
)
15638 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
15639 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf
);
15641 inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
= 0;
15642 inf_data
->any_syscall_count
= 0;
15643 VEC_free (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
);
15647 save_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15649 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
15650 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
15651 help_list (save_cmdlist
, "save ", -1, gdb_stdout
);
15654 struct breakpoint
*
15655 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback
) (struct breakpoint
*, void *),
15658 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
15660 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
15662 if ((*callback
) (b
, data
))
15669 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
15670 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
15673 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint
*b
)
15675 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
15676 non-inline function. */
15677 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
15683 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
15684 have been inlined. */
15687 pc_at_non_inline_function (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
15688 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
15690 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15691 struct bp_location
*bl
;
15693 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
15695 if (!is_non_inline_function (b
))
15698 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
15700 if (!bl
->shlib_disabled
15701 && bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, pc
, ws
))
15709 /* Remove any references to OBJFILE which is going to be freed. */
15712 breakpoint_free_objfile (struct objfile
*objfile
)
15714 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
15716 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
15717 if (loc
->symtab
!= NULL
&& loc
->symtab
->objfile
== objfile
)
15718 loc
->symtab
= NULL
;
15722 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
15724 static int initialized
= 0;
15726 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15732 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
15733 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
15734 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
15735 ops
= &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15736 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15737 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15738 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_insert_location
;
15739 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_remove_location
;
15740 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= bkpt_breakpoint_hit
;
15741 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= bkpt_create_sals_from_address
;
15742 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15743 ops
->decode_linespec
= bkpt_decode_linespec
;
15745 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
15746 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15747 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15748 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15749 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
15750 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
15751 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
15752 ops
->print_recreate
= bkpt_print_recreate
;
15754 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
15755 ops
= &ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
15756 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15757 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint
;
15758 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint
;
15759 ops
->print_it
= print_it_ranged_breakpoint
;
15760 ops
->print_one
= print_one_ranged_breakpoint
;
15761 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint
;
15762 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_ranged_breakpoint
;
15763 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint
;
15765 /* Internal breakpoints. */
15766 ops
= &internal_breakpoint_ops
;
15767 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15768 ops
->re_set
= internal_bkpt_re_set
;
15769 ops
->check_status
= internal_bkpt_check_status
;
15770 ops
->print_it
= internal_bkpt_print_it
;
15771 ops
->print_mention
= internal_bkpt_print_mention
;
15773 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
15774 ops
= &momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
15775 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15776 ops
->re_set
= momentary_bkpt_re_set
;
15777 ops
->check_status
= momentary_bkpt_check_status
;
15778 ops
->print_it
= momentary_bkpt_print_it
;
15779 ops
->print_mention
= momentary_bkpt_print_mention
;
15781 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception. */
15782 ops
= &longjmp_breakpoint_ops
;
15783 *ops
= momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
15784 ops
->dtor
= longjmp_bkpt_dtor
;
15786 /* Probe breakpoints. */
15787 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15788 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15789 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_probe_insert_location
;
15790 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_probe_remove_location
;
15791 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address
;
15792 ops
->decode_linespec
= bkpt_probe_decode_linespec
;
15795 ops
= &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15796 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15797 ops
->dtor
= dtor_watchpoint
;
15798 ops
->re_set
= re_set_watchpoint
;
15799 ops
->insert_location
= insert_watchpoint
;
15800 ops
->remove_location
= remove_watchpoint
;
15801 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_watchpoint
;
15802 ops
->check_status
= check_status_watchpoint
;
15803 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_watchpoint
;
15804 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_watchpoint
;
15805 ops
->print_it
= print_it_watchpoint
;
15806 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_watchpoint
;
15807 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_watchpoint
;
15808 ops
->explains_signal
= explains_signal_watchpoint
;
15810 /* Masked watchpoints. */
15811 ops
= &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15812 *ops
= watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15813 ops
->insert_location
= insert_masked_watchpoint
;
15814 ops
->remove_location
= remove_masked_watchpoint
;
15815 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_masked_watchpoint
;
15816 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint
;
15817 ops
->print_it
= print_it_masked_watchpoint
;
15818 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint
;
15819 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_masked_watchpoint
;
15820 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_masked_watchpoint
;
15823 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15824 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15825 ops
->re_set
= tracepoint_re_set
;
15826 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= tracepoint_breakpoint_hit
;
15827 ops
->print_one_detail
= tracepoint_print_one_detail
;
15828 ops
->print_mention
= tracepoint_print_mention
;
15829 ops
->print_recreate
= tracepoint_print_recreate
;
15830 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= tracepoint_create_sals_from_address
;
15831 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15832 ops
->decode_linespec
= tracepoint_decode_linespec
;
15834 /* Probe tracepoints. */
15835 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15836 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15837 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address
;
15838 ops
->decode_linespec
= tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec
;
15840 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
15841 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
15842 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15843 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= strace_marker_create_sals_from_address
;
15844 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15845 ops
->decode_linespec
= strace_marker_decode_linespec
;
15847 /* Fork catchpoints. */
15848 ops
= &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
15849 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15850 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_fork
;
15851 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_fork
;
15852 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_fork
;
15853 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_fork
;
15854 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_fork
;
15855 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_fork
;
15856 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_fork
;
15858 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
15859 ops
= &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
15860 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15861 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_vfork
;
15862 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_vfork
;
15863 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork
;
15864 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_vfork
;
15865 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_vfork
;
15866 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_vfork
;
15867 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_vfork
;
15869 /* Exec catchpoints. */
15870 ops
= &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
15871 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15872 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_exec
;
15873 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_exec
;
15874 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_exec
;
15875 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_exec
;
15876 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_exec
;
15877 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_exec
;
15878 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_exec
;
15879 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_exec
;
15881 /* Syscall catchpoints. */
15882 ops
= &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
;
15883 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15884 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_syscall
;
15885 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_syscall
;
15886 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_syscall
;
15887 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall
;
15888 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_syscall
;
15889 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_syscall
;
15890 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_syscall
;
15891 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_syscall
;
15893 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
15894 ops
= &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
15895 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15896 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_solib
;
15897 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_solib
;
15898 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_solib
;
15899 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_solib
;
15900 ops
->check_status
= check_status_catch_solib
;
15901 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_solib
;
15902 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_solib
;
15903 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_solib
;
15904 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_solib
;
15906 ops
= &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
15907 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15908 ops
->re_set
= dprintf_re_set
;
15909 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
15910 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
15911 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
15912 ops
->print_recreate
= dprintf_print_recreate
;
15913 ops
->after_condition_true
= dprintf_after_condition_true
;
15916 /* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */
15918 static struct cmd_list_element
*enablebreaklist
= NULL
;
15921 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
15923 struct cmd_list_element
*c
;
15925 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
15927 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib
);
15928 observer_attach_inferior_exit (clear_syscall_counts
);
15929 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change
);
15931 breakpoint_objfile_key
15932 = register_objfile_data_with_cleanup (NULL
, free_breakpoint_probes
);
15934 catch_syscall_inferior_data
15935 = register_inferior_data_with_cleanup (NULL
,
15936 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup
);
15938 breakpoint_chain
= 0;
15939 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
15940 before a breakpoint is set. */
15941 breakpoint_count
= 0;
15943 tracepoint_count
= 0;
15945 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint
, ignore_command
, _("\
15946 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
15947 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
15949 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15951 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint
, commands_command
, _("\
15952 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
15953 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
15954 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
15955 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
15956 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
15957 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
15958 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
15960 c
= add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint
, condition_command
, _("\
15961 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
15962 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
15963 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
15964 set_cmd_completer (c
, condition_completer
);
15966 c
= add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint
, tbreak_command
, _("\
15967 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
15968 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15969 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
15970 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
15972 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
15973 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15975 c
= add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint
, hbreak_command
, _("\
15976 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15977 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
15978 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
15980 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
15981 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15983 c
= add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint
, thbreak_command
, _("\
15984 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15985 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15986 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
15988 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
15989 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15991 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
15992 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
15993 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15994 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
15995 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15996 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
15997 &enablelist
, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
15999 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
16000 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16001 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16002 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
16003 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16004 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
16006 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16008 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
16009 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16010 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16011 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16012 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
16013 &enablebreaklist
, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist
);
16015 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
16016 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16017 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16020 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
16021 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16022 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16025 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
16026 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16027 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16028 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16031 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
16032 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16033 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16036 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
16037 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16038 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16041 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
16042 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16043 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16044 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16047 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
16048 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16049 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16050 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16051 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
16052 &disablelist
, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16053 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16054 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16056 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
16057 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16058 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16059 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16060 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."));
16062 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, disable_command
, _("\
16063 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16064 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16065 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16066 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
16067 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
16070 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
16071 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16072 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16073 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16075 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
16076 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
16077 &deletelist
, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16078 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16079 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16081 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
16082 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
16083 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16084 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
16086 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, delete_command
, _("\
16087 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16088 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16089 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16090 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
16093 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint
, clear_command
, _("\
16094 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
16095 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16096 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
16097 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
16098 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
16100 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
16101 is executing in.\n\
16103 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
16104 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16106 c
= add_com ("break", class_breakpoint
, break_command
, _("\
16107 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
16108 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
16109 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16111 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run
, 1);
16112 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run
, 1);
16113 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run
, 1);
16114 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run
, 1);
16117 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16121 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint
, stop_command
, _("\
16122 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
16123 &stoplist
, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16124 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint
, stopin_command
,
16125 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist
);
16126 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint
, stopat_command
,
16127 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist
);
16128 add_com ("status", class_info
, breakpoints_info
, _("\
16129 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16130 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16131 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16132 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16133 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16134 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16135 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16136 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16138 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16139 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16140 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16141 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16142 breakpoint set."));
16145 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info
, _("\
16146 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
16147 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16148 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16149 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16150 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16151 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16152 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16153 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16155 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16156 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16157 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16158 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16159 breakpoint set."));
16161 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
16164 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint
, breakpoints_info
, _("\
16165 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16166 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16167 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16168 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16169 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16170 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16171 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16172 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16174 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16175 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16176 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16177 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16178 breakpoint set."));
16180 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance
, maintenance_info_breakpoints
, _("\
16181 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16182 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16183 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16184 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16185 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
16186 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
16187 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
16188 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
16189 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16190 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16191 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16192 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16194 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16195 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16196 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16197 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16199 &maintenanceinfolist
);
16201 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint
, catch_command
, _("\
16202 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
16203 &catch_cmdlist
, "catch ",
16204 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16206 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint
, tcatch_command
, _("\
16207 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
16208 &tcatch_cmdlist
, "tcatch ",
16209 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16211 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
16212 catch_fork_command_1
,
16214 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent
,
16215 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary
);
16216 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
16217 catch_fork_command_1
,
16219 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent
,
16220 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary
);
16221 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
16222 catch_exec_command_1
,
16226 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
16227 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
16228 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16229 catch_load_command_1
,
16233 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
16234 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
16235 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16236 catch_unload_command_1
,
16240 add_catch_command ("syscall", _("\
16241 Catch system calls by their names and/or numbers.\n\
16242 Arguments say which system calls to catch. If no arguments\n\
16243 are given, every system call will be caught.\n\
16244 Arguments, if given, should be one or more system call names\n\
16245 (if your system supports that), or system call numbers."),
16246 catch_syscall_command_1
,
16247 catch_syscall_completer
,
16251 c
= add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint
, watch_command
, _("\
16252 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16253 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16254 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16255 an expression changes.\n\
16256 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16257 the memory to which it refers."));
16258 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16260 c
= add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint
, rwatch_command
, _("\
16261 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16262 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16263 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16264 an expression is read.\n\
16265 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16266 the memory to which it refers."));
16267 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16269 c
= add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint
, awatch_command
, _("\
16270 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16271 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16272 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16273 an expression is either read or written.\n\
16274 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16275 the memory to which it refers."));
16276 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16278 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info
, _("\
16279 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
16281 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
16282 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
16283 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support
,
16284 &can_use_hw_watchpoints
, _("\
16285 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16286 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16287 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
16288 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
16289 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
16292 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints
,
16293 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16295 can_use_hw_watchpoints
= 1;
16297 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
16299 c
= add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint
, trace_command
, _("\
16300 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16302 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
16303 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16304 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16306 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias
, 0);
16307 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16308 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16309 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16311 c
= add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint
, ftrace_command
, _("\
16312 Set a fast tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16314 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
16315 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16316 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16318 c
= add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint
, strace_command
, _("\
16319 Set a static tracepoint at specified line, function or marker.\n\
16321 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
16322 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, \"*\" and an address,\n\
16323 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\
16324 If a line number is specified, probe the marker at start of code\n\
16325 for that line. If a function is specified, probe the marker at start\n\
16326 of code for that function. If an address is specified, probe the marker\n\
16327 at that exact address. If a marker id is specified, probe the marker\n\
16328 with that name. With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of\n\
16329 the selected stack frame.\n\
16330 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
16331 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
16332 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
16333 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
16335 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
16337 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
16338 conditions are different.\n\
16340 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
16341 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16342 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16344 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info
, _("\
16345 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
16346 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
16347 last tracepoint set."));
16349 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
16351 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, delete_trace_command
, _("\
16352 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
16353 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16354 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
16356 add_alias_cmd ("tr", "tracepoints", class_trace
, 1, &deletelist
);
16358 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, disable_trace_command
, _("\
16359 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
16360 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16361 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
16363 deprecate_cmd (c
, "disable");
16365 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, enable_trace_command
, _("\
16366 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
16367 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16368 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
16370 deprecate_cmd (c
, "enable");
16372 add_com ("passcount", class_trace
, trace_pass_command
, _("\
16373 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
16374 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
16375 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
16376 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
16378 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint
, save_command
,
16379 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
16380 &save_cmdlist
, "save ",
16381 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16383 c
= add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, save_breakpoints_command
, _("\
16384 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
16385 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
16386 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
16387 session to restore them."),
16389 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
16391 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, save_tracepoints_command
, _("\
16392 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
16393 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
16395 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
16397 c
= add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace
, 0);
16398 deprecate_cmd (c
, "save tracepoints");
16400 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, set_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
16401 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16402 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16403 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16404 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
, "set breakpoint ",
16405 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist
);
16406 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, show_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
16407 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16408 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16409 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16410 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
, "show breakpoint ",
16411 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist
);
16413 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class
,
16414 &pending_break_support
, _("\
16415 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16416 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16417 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
16418 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
16419 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
16420 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
16422 show_pending_break_support
,
16423 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16424 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16426 pending_break_support
= AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
;
16428 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class
,
16429 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints
, _("\
16430 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16431 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16432 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
16433 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
16434 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
16436 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints
,
16437 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16438 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16440 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support
,
16441 &always_inserted_mode
, _("\
16442 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16443 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16444 When this mode is off, breakpoints are inserted in inferior when it is\n\
16445 resumed, and removed when execution stops. When this mode is on,\n\
16446 breakpoints are inserted immediately and removed only when the user\n\
16447 deletes the breakpoint. When this mode is auto (which is the default),\n\
16448 the behaviour depends on the non-stop setting (see help set non-stop).\n\
16449 In this case, if gdb is controlling the inferior in non-stop mode, gdb\n\
16450 behaves as if always-inserted mode is on; if gdb is controlling the\n\
16451 inferior in all-stop mode, gdb behaves as if always-inserted mode is off."),
16453 &show_always_inserted_mode
,
16454 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16455 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16457 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint
,
16458 condition_evaluation_enums
,
16459 &condition_evaluation_mode_1
, _("\
16460 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16461 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16462 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
16463 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
16464 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
16465 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
16466 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
16467 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
16468 be set to \"gdb\""),
16469 &set_condition_evaluation_mode
,
16470 &show_condition_evaluation_mode
,
16471 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16472 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16474 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint
, break_range_command
, _("\
16475 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
16476 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
16477 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
16478 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
16479 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
16480 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
16481 or the start of the range\n\
16482 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
16483 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
16484 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
16486 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
16487 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
16488 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
16490 c
= add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint
, dprintf_command
, _("\
16491 Set a dynamic printf at specified line or function.\n\
16492 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
16493 location may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16494 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
16495 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function."));
16496 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16498 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support
,
16499 dprintf_style_enums
, &dprintf_style
, _("\
16500 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16501 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16502 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
16503 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
16504 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
16505 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
16506 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
16507 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
16508 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16509 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16511 dprintf_function
= xstrdup ("printf");
16512 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support
,
16513 &dprintf_function
, _("\
16514 Set the function to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16515 Show the function to use for dynamic printf"), NULL
,
16516 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16517 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16519 dprintf_channel
= xstrdup ("");
16520 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support
,
16521 &dprintf_channel
, _("\
16522 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16523 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf"), NULL
,
16524 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16525 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16527 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class
,
16528 &disconnected_dprintf
, _("\
16529 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16530 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16531 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
16532 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
16535 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16537 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars
, agent_printf_command
, _("\
16538 agent-printf \"printf format string\", arg1, arg2, arg3, ..., argn\n\
16539 (target agent only) This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
16541 automatic_hardware_breakpoints
= 1;
16543 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed
);